173/2009 Sb.
DECREE
of 9 June. June 2009,
amending the Decree of the Ministry of transport no. 223/1995 Coll., on
the eligibility of the vessels for use on inland waterways, in
as amended
The Ministry of transport shall be determined according to § 52 of Act No. 114/1995 Coll., on
inland navigation, as amended, (hereinafter referred to as the "Act") to
the implementation of § 9 para. 1, § 10 para. 2 to 4, 6 and 10 and § 12 para. 4:
Article. (I)
Decree No. 223/1995 Coll., on the eligibility of the vessels to operate on
inland waterways, as amended by Decree No 83/2000 Coll.
Decree No. 186/2005 Coll., Decree No. 6/2006 Coll. and Decree No. 38/2006
Coll., is amended as follows:
1. Footnote 1 is added:
"1) European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC of 12 July 2005.
December 2006 laying down technical requirements for vessels
inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC.
European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/137/EC of 18 June 2003. December
2006, amending European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC,
laying down technical requirements for inland waterway vessels.
Council Directive 2008/59/EC of 12 July 2005. June 2008, which is due to
the accession of the Republic of Bulgaria and Romania are covered by Directive of the European
Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for
inland waterway vessels.
Commission Directive 2008/87/EC of 22 December 2004. September 2008 amending
European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down the
technical requirements for inland waterway vessels.
European Parliament and Council Directive 97/68/EC of 16 December 2002. December 1997
on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the measures
against the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants from
internal combustion engines for non road mobile machinery, as amended by
European Parliament and Council Directive 2004/26/EC of 21 June 1999. April 2004,
amending Directive 97/68/EC.
Commission Directive 2008/126/EC of 19 June 2000. December 2008 amending
European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down the
technical requirements for inland waterway vessels.
Commission directive 2009/46/EC of 24 July 2003. April 2009 amending
European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down the
technical requirements for inland waterway vessels ".
2. paragraph 1a is deleted.
3. § 2 paragraph 2 reads as follows:
"(2) the essential defining feature of the ship is the destination for the
and the transport of persons, cargoes) or portable device
(b)) other vessels by dragging, pushing, or whatever, or
c) other purposes associated with repeated movement of the water path. ".
4. In article 2 (2). 3 (b)):
"(b)) at its destination passenger ships to carry more than 12 passengers; for
the passenger is not considered a member of the crew of the vessel including the leader
the vessel ".
5. In article 2 (2). 3 (c)):
"(c)) for the tug of his destination only to tow or push or side
the management of the vessels, vessels in the report ".
6. In paragraph 2, the following paragraph 6 is added:
"(6) the basic defining feature of floating bodies is that as
the subject or group of subjects is capable of solid ovladatelně sail on
level, while not a boat, floating or floating device
machine. ".
7. § 3, including the title and footnotes 2 and 2a is added:
"§ 3
Technical safety requirements and technical and operational conditions
the eligibility of the individual types of vessels
(§ 9 (1) and section 10 (2) and 10 of the Act)
(1) the technical requirements for the safety of ships, floating equipment, and
floating device with a length (L) of 20 metres and more or with the volume expressed
as the product of length (L), breadth (B) and draught (T) 100 m3 and more conditions
their operational competence and the procedure for their verification are listed
in annex 1 of this order.
(2) the technical requirements for the safety of small vessels and floating
equipment which are not laid down the technical requirements for the safety
referred to in paragraph 1, and the conditions for their operational capacity are listed
in Appendix 2 of this order.
(3) small vessels referred to in § 2 (2). 1 (b). b) intended for use in
rental, swimming pool, or at the swimming pool and small vessels used as
the emergency must be prominently marked with the highest admissible
the number of persons that may be carried on board, the authority and the designated shipping must
be performed as unsinkable as specified in point 2 of Annex No. 2.02.1 this
the Decree.
(4) vessels which are not subject to registration in accordance with § 14 para. 5 of the Act,
can be operated on waterways, if its construction and
technical condition of correspond to the safety of operations, passengers and
things do not threaten the environment are sufficiently strong, stable and
to operate safely during normal load for which they are made.
(5) if the vessel is not subject to the registration of small craft with its own
motor-driven, must meet the requirements for exhaust emissions and
the noise fixed for small self-propelled vessel
subject to registration in annex 2 of this order.
(6) the vessel is not subject to registration may be operated only in
navigational waterways Community zones 3 and 4 ^ 2); vessel
not subject to registration may be operated in the zone of water ferry
Community paths of 2 ^ 2), if it is done as nepotopitelné according to section
No 2.02.1 Annex No. 2 of this order, or if it satisfies the requirement to
safety distance referred to in point (a) 2.02.4. No. (b)) of annex 2 of this
the Decree.
(7) the vessel is not subject to registration, which is a floating body
and) whose length is 20 m or more and whose volume, expressed as the product of
the length, width and draught is 100 m3 and more, can be operated on the water
the way, if, having regard to the purpose and how to use adequately meets the
the requirements set out in annex 1 of this order,
(b)) whose dimensions are smaller than those referred to in point (a)), may be
operated on the fairway, if, having regard to the purpose and method of use
reasonably meets the requirements set out in annex 2 of this order.
The vessel is not subject to registration, which is a floating body, may be
powered by waterway only when the conditions referred to in the Special
law ^ 2a).
2) Annex I to the directive of the European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC of the European
12 December 2006 laying down technical requirements for vessels
inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC.
2A) Article. 1.21 the annex to Decree No. 344/1991 Coll. issuing the Order
ferry safety on inland waterways of the Czech and
Slovak Federal Republic. ".
8. in paragraph 3, the following new paragraph 3a, including the title reads as follows:
' section 3a
The equivalence
(1) The Board may be used for other technical solutions than a technical
the solution presented in annex 1 of this order, if the European
the Commission recognised as equivalent.
(2) to issue a provisional certificate of the vessel is not a decision on the
the equivalence referred to in paragraph 1 as necessary. The State ferry shall inform the management
The European Commission, within one month after the issuance of the provisional
a certificate indicating the name of the vessel and the vessel, the type of deviation of ENI and
State in which the vessel is registered or in which it has its home
port.
(3) State of the Canal Administration may in consultation with the European
the Commission, issue a certificate of the vessel for the purpose of the test and for a limited time
a vessel with a new technical equipment, which departs from the
the requirements of Annex No. 1 of this Decree, provides this equipment
equivalent safety.
(4) the information referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 shall be entered in the certificate of the vessel and is about
They informed the European Commission. ".
9. section 4, including the title reads as follows:
"§ 4
Vessels subject to verification of the technical competence by
(Section 10, paragraph 3, of the Act)
Verification of the technical competence of the vessels by established to
verification of the technical competence of the vessels are subject to all vessels with
the exception
and) small vessels,
(b)) of floating devices that their dimensions or carry
do not exceed the dimensions or capacity of a small vessel in accordance with § 9 para.
1 of the Act, and that is not a floating dock,
(c) floating solids),
(d) the Association ships with a carry) up to 12 people,
e) vessels referred to in § 3 (1). 1, carrying a valid certificate
the vessel issued pursuant to article 22 of the revised Convention for the navigation of the Rhine
or a valid certificate of the vessel issued by another Member State of the European
Union. ".
10. in paragraph 4, the following new paragraph 4a to 4 d, including the titles and notes
footnote No. 2b and 2 c are inserted:
"The Commission of experts and the activities of the
Section 4a
(Section 10, paragraph 3, of the Act)
(1) the Expert Committee consists of three members appointed and dismissed
nautical Office for a period of two years, which are
and employee Office,)
(b)) the expert on the design of vessels and their machinery,
c) specialist in the field of navigation.
(2) the Commission shall appoint from among the members of the professional Office the Chairman of the expert
of the Commission.
(3) an expert on the design of vessels and their machinery must
have at least secondary education with a GCSE in the field of education
mechanical engineering and mechanical production ^ 2b) and practice at least 5 years in the
technical competence of the vessels referred to in § 4. An expert in the field of
Cruises must be in possession of a licence, the leader of the vessel
There is a small vessel.
(4) a member of the Expert Commission is formed the oath of Office before shipping
by the authority. Member of the Commission's promise: "I promise that I'll be in the activities of the Member
professional committees follow the law that I will this activity
to perform independently and impartially according to the best of my knowledge. " The promise is
composed, if after reading the promise declares the technical Commission "
I promise. "and sign the record of the composition of the promise. In a written record
the oath must bear the date of composition of the promise. Refusal to fold
a promise or oath subject to results in that member function
professional committees.
§ 4b
(1) Support the Commission verifies the technical competence of a vessel at the request
the owner or operator of the vessel. The basis for the verification of the technical
the eligibility of the vessel is always an opinion prepared a member that is
an expert on the design of vessels and their machinery. In the case of
verification of the technical competence of the vessel also requires the implementation of
fairway tests, taking part in this test, an expert in the field of navigation.
(2) in the case of the credentials of a legal entity carrying out technical inspections
the vessels referred to in paragraph 4 in accordance with § 10 paragraph 1. 4 of the Act (hereinafter referred to as "legacy
legal person ") performs the technical inspection of the vessels that legal
person. In this case, the technical inspection of the vessel taking part in at least
one member of the Commission. The provisions of the third sentence of paragraph 1 shall apply
by analogy. Proof of the technical inspection of the vessel and made its
the results of the expert in charge of the legal person shall be presented to the Commission. This
the document is the basis for decision making support of the Commission.
(3) the vessel shall be brought to technical inspection without cargo, cleaned and
equipped in accordance with the technical requirements for safety. In the framework of the
the implementation of the technical inspection of the vessel shall be allowed to inspect the
part of the hull or installations which are not directly accessible or
visible.
(4) a person who carries out the technical inspection is entitled, if necessary,
request a technical inspection on dry land, navigational exam,
submission of additional documents listed in annex 1 of this order,
reports, assessments and confirmation or other specialized assistance
experts. When you validate the technical competence of a vessel does not read
the Commission of experts in charge of the legal person or the fact authenticated with a valid
the technical inspection carried out in another Member State of the European Union;
This does not apply, if it is to support the Commission in charge of the legal person or the reasonable
doubts about the technical condition of the vessel.
§ 4 c
(1) before the expiry of the certificate of the vessel referred to in § 7
vessel undergoes regular technical inspection of the vessel.
(2) the technical inspection of the vessel before issuing the certificate of the vessel
includes tour on land. From tours on land can be abandoned,
If this inspection vessel has already been subjected to. In the case of other
technical inspection tour may be required on the land, if it is
necessary to assess the technical capacity of the vessel.
(3) the technical inspection of the vessel before issuing the certificate of the vessel
equipped with an engine for the propulsion of the vessel or vessels, or report in the
the case of significant changes to the propulsion or steering system includes
perform a test cruise. When the technical tour of the vessel may be
required additional field tests and other supporting documents.
§ 4 d
(1) the technical inspection of the vessel shall be carried out at the expense of the applicant.
(2) within 5 working days of making the technical inspection of the vessel
by or from the submission of the technical
inspection of the vessel responsible for the Commission of experts shall issue a legal person
opinion stating whether the vessel meets the conditions for
approval of the technical competence of a vessel; in a particularly complex
cases shall issue such opinion within 10 working days. The Commission of experts
shall be decided by majority vote. Each Member of the Expert Commission is entitled to raise
written comments concerning the application of the technical inspection of the vessel and
These objections submitted to the Chairman of the Expert Commission within not more than 2
working days of making the technical inspection of a vessel or from
submission of the documents referred to in the first sentence; the Expert Commission shall process
raised objections and adopt an opinion on.
§ 4e
Requisites of the type-certificate of the vessel
(Section 12, paragraph 4, of the Act)
The type-certificate of the vessel contains:
and the basic identification data) to the manufacturer, importer or authorised
the dealer, at whose request Office issued a certificate of competency of the type
(b) the date of issue of the licence) the type and reference number, under which the
issued,
c) basic information about the vessel:
1. the nature, type and serial number,
2. the categories under special legislation, or statement
about the navigation zone for which the vessel is designed and intended,
3. the design and material of the hull,
4. length, width, height, freeboard, safety distance,
5. maximum permissible draught and maximum height of the vessel above the surface,
6. the displacement corresponding to the largest permissible load
7. the maximum permitted load
8. the largest number of people,
9. type of propulsion,
10. for a number of machines, drive type, year of manufacture, serial number
or numbers, performance, a kind of propulzního equipment
11. for the sail area of the basic oplachtění and overall the largest area
sails, for which the boat was designed, and
(d) a declaration by the manufacturer, an authorized) the importer or dealer that
the vessel is compliant with the approved type and its production have been observed
approved manufacturing procedures ^ 2 c).
2B) the communication from the Czech Statistical Office No 320/2003 Coll., on the establishment of
Classification of stem disciplines of education (KKOV).
2 c) Government Regulation No. 174/2005 Coll., laying down technical
requirements for recreational craft, partly completed recreational
craft and their selected parts, on jet skis and propulsion engines
recreational craft and personal watercraft. ".
11. section 7, including the title and footnote No. 2d:
"section 7 of the
Period of validity of the certificate of the vessel
(For section 10 (6) of the Act)
(1) the certificate of the vessel shall be issued for a vessel, whose technical
eligibility was approved, limited in time as follows:
and) for passenger ships, tankers, cruisers, towing tank and pushed
boats for a period not exceeding five years,
(b)) for cargo motor boats, nets and pushed barges with the exception
tank boats, tugs, ferries, floating equipment and special
ships for a period not exceeding ten years, for ships over 30 years for a period of not more than
five years,
(c)) for small vessels for a maximum period of eight years, in the case of a new vessel,
and for a maximum period of four years, if the craft is already operating; When
on the second tour to extend the validity of the certificate must be
checked podponorová part of the vessel for vessels older 25 years
check podponorové part at each inspection; for navigation in
abroad can be a small vessel to the ship's certificates issued
the international certificate for pleasure craft for a maximum period of four years,
(d)) for floating devices for a period not exceeding ten years. The period of validity
the vessel's certificate issued on the basis of a valid vessel certificate
issued in accordance with article 22 of the revised Convention for the navigation of the Rhine or
a valid vessel certificate ^ 2d) issued in another Member State
Of the European communities must be equal, with a period of validity of the previously
certificate issued by the vessel. The period of validity shall be entered on the certificate
the vessel.
(2) the period of validity of the certificate of the vessel shall correspond to the duration provided
the technical competence of a vessel certified technical inspection of the vessel.
(3) the period of validity of the certificate of the vessel may be for vessels in service
satisfying the requirements for the approval of the technical competence of a vessel
extended on the basis of technical inspections of vessels for a maximum period
determined in accordance with paragraph 1 with respect to the provisions referred to in paragraph
2.
(4) the model Community inland navigation Certificate is listed
in annex 3 of this order, the pattern of the provisional Community certificate
inland navigation is specified in annex 4 of this order.
2D) European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC of 12 July 2005.
December 2006 laying down technical requirements for vessels
inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC.
Council Directive 82/714/EEC of 4 May. October 1982 laying down the
technical requirements for inland waterway vessels ".
12. section 11 (1) 2 including the footnotes 5 and 6:
"(2) a designated officer for the test equipment may
log on to the tenderer who has a university degree obtained by completing
study programme in the field of engineering or in the field
electrical engineering) ^ 5, or higher vocational education or secondary education with
GCSE in the field of engineering and engineering education
production of ^ 2b) or in the field of heavy-current electrical engineering Device ^ 6)
He has professional experience in a relevant field of at least five years.
5) Act No. 111/1998 Coll., on universities and amending and supplementing
other laws (University Act), as amended.
6) Act No. 561/2004 Coll. on pre-school, primary, secondary, higher
vocational and other education (the Education Act), as amended
regulations. ".
13.13 the following new section 13a, which including the title reads as follows:
"13a
The emission of pollutants in exhaust gases referred to in
Chapter 8 of the annex No. 1 of this Decree shall not apply to diesel engines
the State ferry vessels, the management of the Czech fire brigade
Republic, the armed forces and security forces of the Czech Republic,
municipal police and administrators of water courses, if they are intended for the staff
purposes, vessels of the integrated rescue system, if they are
intended to carry out rescue and liquidation work. Emission values
pollutants in the exhaust gases is further not apply to
diesel engines of vessels intended for the construction, maintenance or security
operation of the water works or other structures on watercourses used
in the management of waterways, vessels intended to protect against floods,
vessels designed to carry not more than 12 passengers in addition to the crew and the
recreational vessels under special legislation. ".
14. Annex 1 shall be deleted.
15. Annex 2 shall be renumbered annex # 1 to read:
"The annex No. 1
Technical conditions for eligibility of ships and floating equipment
Chapter 1
GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.01. The definition
For the purposes of this annex lays down the meaning of the terms
Types of vessels
1) vessel-ship floating equipment, floating equipment, naval ship
2) motor boat-motor cargo vessel or motor tanker,
3) motor tanker-a vessel intended for the carriage of goods in fixed
tanks and built to navigate independently under its own motive power,
4) motor cargo vessel-vessel, other than a motor tanker,
intended for the carriage of goods and built to navigate independently under using
self propelled,
5) cargo boat for a cruise on the Canal-an inland waterway vessel,
not exceeding 38.5 m length and 5.05 m width, which usually caters to
transport on the Rhine-Rhône,
6) tug-vessel built to tow
7) pusher-a vessel specially built to propel a pushed
the report,
8) barge-barge or tank barge
9) tank barge-vessels intended for the carriage of goods in fixed
tanks and built to be towed, not self propelled, or with your own
only sufficient motive power to perform restricted manoeuvres,
10)-tug vessel intended for the carriage of goods which is not
tank barge, built to be towed, not self propelled, or with
only sufficient motive power to perform restricted manoeuvres,
11) lighter-a tank lighter, cargo lighter or
ship-borne lighter,
12) tank lighter-a vessel intended for the carriage of goods in fixed
tanks, built or specially modified to be pushed, not self
the actuator or with only sufficient motive power to perform restricted
manoeuvres when not part of a pushed convoy,
13) cargo lighter-a vessel, other than a tank lighter,
intended for the carriage of goods, built or specially modified to be pushed,
unpowered or having only sufficient motive power to
perform restricted manoeuvres when not part of a pushed convoy,
14) ship-borne lighter-boat built to transport on special
parent naval vessels and to navigate on inland waterways
the road,
15)-cruise passenger ship or cabin vessel constructed and equipped
to carry more than twelve passengers,
16) passenger sailing vessel-vessel constructed and equipped so that
also sailing sail propulsion,
17) cruise passenger ship-passenger vessel without overnight cabins
of the passengers,
18) cabin vessel-passenger vessel with overnight
of the passengers,
19) high-speed craft-the motor vessel, which can reach speeds of
more than 40 km/h relative to the water,
20) the working vessel-vessel is suitably built and furnished
for use when working on the fairway, for example. Hopper barge for the amelioration
work, storage hopper, pontoon barge, pontoon or
záhozové vessel to the laying of the stone,
21) ship's boat-boat that is used for transportation, rescue, salvage
and work duties.
Report of vessels
22) report-a rigid or towed convoy of vessels,
23) the shape of the report-the way the report is drawn up,
24) rigid convoy-pusher Assembly or side-formation,
25) pusher Assembly – a rigid Assembly of craft, of which at least
one is situated in front of the vessel, ensuring the propulsion of the report, which is
one or more pushers; a bound is considered to be
the report also comprised of pusher tugs and pushed vessels
whose side allows controlled articulation,
26) side-convoy-Assembly of craft United firmly next to the
itself, of which no not before the craft propelling the Assembly,
27) towed convoy-report one or more vessels, floating
device or floating solids towed by one or more vessels
self-propelled, which form part of the report.
Particular areas on board
28) main engine room-the space in which they are installed drive
engines,
29) the engine room-the space where combustion engines are installed,
30) boiler room-space in which fuel-combustion
device designed to produce steam or to heat the heat-carrying medium,
31) closed superstructure-waterproof, rigid, permanent construction with solid
the walls, which are permanently and watertight deck,
32) wheelhouse-space, which houses all the control
devices and monitoring instruments necessary to the management of the vessel,
33) living space-space intended for the use of persons normally
living on board, including galleys, storage space for
provisions, toilets and washing facilities, laundry facilities, ante-rooms and passageways, but
the wheelhouse,
34) the passenger compartment-areas on Board intended for passengers and
closed areas such as lounges, offices, shops,
hairdressing salons, drying rooms, laundries, saunas, toilets, washrooms,
passageways, connecting passages and stairs, walls
35) control position-the wheelhouse, a space that contains safe
source of electrical energy or its components, or space with space
permanently occupied shipboard personnel or crew members, for example. for
fire detectors, remote control of doors or fire dampers,
36) stairwell-well of an internal staircase or elevator
37) meeting facilities-the living space or room for passengers.
On board passenger vessels, dishes are not regarded as meeting facilities,
38) kitchen-room with a stove or a similar cooking appliance
the preparation of meals
39) storage space-the space for the storage of flammable liquids, or
space with an area greater than 4 m2 for storage of inventory,
40) hold the cargo space-part of the vessels at the front and
the rear bulkheads, open or closed, with hatch covers, which is
intended for the carriage of goods, whether packaged or in bulk, or to
storage tanks, which are not part of the hull of the vessel,
41) fixed tank-tank joined to the vessel, while the walls of the tanks either
of the hull itself, nebojsou independent of the hull of the vessel,
42) workplace-a space where members of the crew carry out their duties, including
gangway, Derrick and ship's boat,
43 channel)-a space intended for the normal movement of people and goods,
44) safe space-a space that is delimited by imaginary vertical
plane at a distance of 1/5 BWL PARALLEL to the longitudinal axis of the hull in the line
draught,
45) the muster areas-areas of the vessel which are specially
protected and in which people gather in the event of danger,
46) evacuation-part of muster areas where they
It is possible to evacuate people.
The ship's technical terms
47) the plane of maximum draught-plain water
corresponding to the maximum draught at which the vessel is authorized to
navigation,
48) safety distance-the distance between the plane of
maximum draught and a parallel plane passing through the lowest
point, above which the vessel is no longer regarded as watertight,
49) the residual safety clearance-the vertical distance, that is to
available in the case of angle between the water level and the lowest
point of the immersed side, beyond which it is no longer considered to be a vessel
waterproof,
50) freeboard (f)-the distance between the plane of maximum
draught and a parallel plane passing through the lowest point of the
of the gunwale, or is not of the gunwale, the lowest point of the upper edge of the side of the
the vessel,
51) the residual freeboard-vertical distance, which is available in
the case of the angle between the water level and the top surface of the deck in the
the lowest point of the immersed side of the vessel, or if there is no deck, in
the lowest point of the upper edge of the hard side of the vessel,
52) margin-line is an imaginary line on the side plating not less than 10
cm below the bulkhead deck and not less than 10 cm below the lowest point of the side
the ship, which is not waterproof. If there is no bulkhead deck, the line
led by at least 10 cm below the lowest line, below which is the outer casings of
waterproof,
53) water displacement (in)-submerged vessel volume in m3,
54) displacement (D)-the total weight of the vessel, including cargo, in t,
55) block coefficient (CB)-the ratio between the water displacement and
the product of length LWL, breadth BWL and draught T,
56) lateral plane above water (AV)-lateral plane of the vessel above the
waterline in m²
57) bulkhead deck-deck to which the required watertight
desks and from which the freeboard is measured,
58) partition-wall of a given height, usually vertical, partitioning
the vessel and bounded by bottom of the vessel, the plating or other
bulkheads,
59) transverse bulkhead-a tour that leads from one side of the vessel to
the other,
60) wall-a dividing surface, usually vertical,
61) partition wall-a wall that is not waterproof,
62) length (L)-the maximum length of the hull in m, excluding rudder and
bowsprit,
63) biggest length (LOA)-the maximum length of the vessel in m, including all
fixed devices as components of steering gear or propulsion
equipment, mechanical or similar devices,
64) waterline length (LWL)-the length of the hull in m, measured in
plane of maximum draught,
65) width (B)-the maximum breadth of the hull in m, measured from the outside
side shell plating (without kolesnic, grazes etc.),
66) largest width (BOA) ": the maximum breadth of the vessel in m, including all
fixed installations such as paddle wheels, rub Rails, mechanical devices
etc.,
67) breadth of waterline (BWL)-the width of the hull in m, measured
from the outside of the shell plating at the maximum draught line,
68) height (H)-the shortest vertical distance in m between the lowest
point of the hull or the keel and the lowest point of the deck at side
the vessel,
69) draught (T)-the vertical distance in m between the lowest point of the
the hull regardless of hernias or other imbedded and accessories
plane of maximum draught,
76A) total dive (TOA)-vertical distance in m between the lowest point
the hull, including a hernia or other fixed docking accessories and
plane of maximum draught,
70) front vertical plumb-line in the front-the intersection of the hull with the
plane of maximum draught,
71) the clear width of the side deck-the distance between the vertical line passing through the
the most salient part of the esophageal silo on the side Board and the normal
passing through the inner edge of the protective device against slip (railings,
protective foot-rail profile) on the outer side of the side deck.
Steering gear
72) steering gear-all the equipment necessary for steering the vessel,
to ensure the manoeuvrability laid down in Chapter 5 of this annex,
73) rudder-rudder or rudders, with shaft, including the
quadrants and connecting with the steering apparatus elements,
74)-part of the rudder steering system, which ensures
the movement of the rudder,
75) powerplant-steering apparatus drive, between the power source
and steering apparatus,
76) source of power-the power steering drive unit and the Steering
machines of the on-board network, batteries or an internal combustion
the engine,
77) controls-control design elements and circuits to control
steering apparatus drive unit motor
78) steering apparatus drive unit-Steering
the machine, its drive unit and its power source,
79) manual drive-system, in which the movement of the rudder by hand
around using mechanical transmission of forces without an additional source of energy,
80) manually operated hydraulic drive-manually operated action
hydraulic power conversion,
81)-turn regulator-a device that automatically ensures
and maintains the rotation speed of the vessel in accordance with preselected
values,
82) wheelhouse designed for use by one person with
the radar-equipped wheelhouse is such that when a vessel may use
radar by one person.
Properties of structural elements and materials
83) waterproof-a structural component or device so fitted as that
There is no water leak,
84) splash-proof and weatherproof-construction
an element or device so fitted as under normal circumstances permits
penetrate only a very small amount of water,
85) gas-tight-a structural component or device so fitted as that
prevents the penetration of gas and vapours,
86) fire-a substance which neither Burns nor does not produce flammable vapours in
such quantities, that when heated to approximately 750 ° C, in themselves,
ignites,
87) flame retardant-material that does easily or
at least the surface restricts the spread of flames pursuant to
the test procedure described in section 3.4. 15.11.1 (b). (c)),
88) fire resistance-property elements and devices proven
the test procedure referred to in section 3.4. 15.11.1 (b). (d)),
89) code for fire test procedures-international
fire tests in accordance with resolution MSC 61 (67), the Committee for
European maritime safety agency the International Maritime Organization (IMO).
Other definitions
90) radar equipment-electronic detection and navigation device
the display of the surroundings and other traffic,
91) Inland ECDIS-standardised system for displaying
electronic navigational charts for inland navigation and related
the information that displays selected information from authorized
electronic navigational charts of inland waterways and, optionally,
information from other vessel sensors
92) Inland ECDIS equipment-equipment for viewing
electronic navigational charts of inland waterways, which can
to work in two modes: information mode and navigation mode,
93) information mode-the use of Inland ECDIS for only
informational purposes only without radar overlay,
94) navigation mode-use of Inland ECDIS with vessel management
radar overlay,
95) the ship's staff-all staff on a passenger vessel who are not
members of the crew,
96)-navigation lights masthead, side and stern lights, and the lights
visible from all sides, the blue scintillating lights, yellow thick
quick scintillating lights for high-speed vessels and blue lights for
transport of dangerous goods
97) light signals-lights accompanying the sound signals and lights
belonging to the blue Panel,
98) engine-combustion engine which works on the principle of ignition
compression (diesel engine)
99) propulsion engine-the engine used for propulsion of the vessel,
100) auxiliary engine-engine intended for any other use other than for the purpose of propulsion
the vessel,
101) interchangeable motor-used, renovated motor, which has to be replaced
now used by the engine and that has the same design (in-line engine,
-engine) as the engine that has to be replaced, which has the same
the number of cylinders and whose power and RPM is no different from the performance and the speed of the engine,
that has to be replaced, by more than 10%,
102) engine family-a manufacturer's grouping of engines which have
structures of the same properties in terms of the emission of gaseous
pollutants and particulate matter from exhaust, which meet the
requirements referred to in section 3.4. 8.01.3,
103)-engine manufacturer means any legal or natural person that
the approval authority shall be responsible for all aspects of type-approval, and
ensuring conformity of production. This person may not necessarily be involved
directly to all stages of manufacture of the engine,
104) particles-the physical parts at a temperature of not more than 52 degrees C,
When diluted diesel exhaust vessel referred to in § 3
paragraph. 1 filtered clean air, collected on a filter,
105) pollutants-carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons (HC), oxides of
nitrogen and particles,
106)-emissions of pollutants in exhaust gases of diesel
the engine, which is propelled vessels
107) the inspection body-expert of the Commission or the designated
legal person.
Chapter 2
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF VESSELS
2.01. The basic requirement
2.01.1 vessels must be constructed in accordance with good building practice
ships.
2.02. The strength and stability of the
2.02.1 the hull shall be strong enough to withstand all stresses
that is, under the conditions of normal operation exposed
and in the case of new buildings) or the reconstruction of vessels that may have
effect on the strength of the vessel, the need for sufficient strength is demonstrated by
the presentation of the design calculations.
(b)) for tours of vessels in service shall meet the minimum thickness
of the bottom, bilge and side plates the following conditions:
For vessels built from steel minimum thickness tmin is given the highest
value established from the following formulas:
1) for vessels longer than 40 m:
tmin = f. (b). c (2.3 + 0.04 L) [mm]
for vessels with a length less than or equal to 40 m:
tmin = f. (b). c (1,5 + 0.06 L) [mm]
but at least 3.00 mm
2) tmin. 0.005. and. the square root of T [mm]
where
a = frame spacing [mm]
f = coefficient of the spacing of the ribs
f = 1 for a = < 500 mm f = 1 + 0.0013 (a-500) for and > 500 mm
b = coefficient for bottom plates, side or bilge plates
b = 1.0 for bottom plates and side plates
b = 1.25 for bilge plates plates.
When calculating the minimum thickness of the shell plating of the hips can be as
ribs spacing factor use factor 1.
The minimum thickness of the bilge shell plating shall in no
If less than the thickness of the bottom and the sides.
c = coefficient for the particular type of construction:
c = 0.95 for vessels with double bottom and double sides,
If the partition wall between the side spaces and intended to
cargo space is placed vertically in the plane of the silo
c = 1.0 for all other types of construction
c) for vessels with longitudinal reinforcements with double bottom and double sides
You can reduce the minimum calculated value for the thickness of plating according to
the formula in subparagraph (b)) on the calculated value, which approved classification
the company worked for sufficient strength of the hull (longitudinal,
lateral and local strength).
The shell plating must be renewed if bottom, bilge plating thickness or
the sides less than the permissible value, which was determined in this way.
The minimum value determined according to subparagraph (a). and)-c) are emission limit values
taking into account the current and uniform wear, and provided that the
the ship's steel is used and that the internal structural elements such as ribs,
reinforcement floor, main longitudinal and transverse structural members are in good
and that the hull shows no exceeding of the longitudinal strength.
If these values are not reached, the plates should be serviced or
replaced. Locally for small areas are, however, permitted smaller thicknesses,
not exceeding 10% of the calculated values. During regular inspections
only towed barges may not be required to meet the
the requirements of the chapter. 2.02.1 (b). (b)), for the minimum thickness of plating
the hull. This derogation shall not be more than 10% and the minimum thickness
Hull plating shall be not less than 3 mm. Such derogations shall be given in
the certificate of the vessel.
2.02.2 is applied to the design of the hull material other than
steel, the hull strength (longitudinal, lateral and local) corresponds to at least
the fortress, which would be achieved by using steel with a minimum thickness of
According to the chapter. 2.02.1.
the vessel's Stability shall conform to the 2.02.3 its intended use.
2.03. Hull
burner feed Bulkheads extending to the deck or, if there is no deck, up to the gunwale
must be located at the following points:
and in the collision bulkhead) distance from the bow, so that the
buoyancy of the laden vessel, with the remaining security
distance 100 mm if water penetrates into the watertight compartment ahead
the collision bulkhead. The first sentence is fulfilled the requirement, if it was the conflict of laws
bulkhead installed at a distance of between 0.04 L and 0.04 L + 2 m measured
from the forward perpendicular in the plane of maximum draught line. If
distance greater than 0.04 L + 2 m, it is necessary to fulfill the requirement by
the first sentence be demonstrated by calculation. The distance may be reduced to 0.03
L. in this case, it is necessary to demonstrate compliance with the requirement of the first sentence
by using a calculation based on the assumption that the collision Department
adjacent bulkhead has been completely swamped;
(b) the stern bulkhead) for vessels with a length of 25 m in the
distance from the stern.
2.03.2 collision bulkhead must be no residential or
equipment necessary for the safety or operation of the vessel. This requirement
does not apply to anchor equipment.
2.03.3 the accommodation, engine rooms and boiler and any work
the spaces that are their parts, they must be separated from the
holds in a watertight transverse bulkheads and loading bays
swept-back up to the deck.
2.03.4 accommodation shall be separated from engine rooms,
boiler rooms and holds in a gastight and shall be directly accessible
from the deck. If such an approach is not, there must be an emergency exit
leading directly to the deck.
2.03.5 in bulkheads referred to in chapter IV. burner feed and in the Department and 2.03.3
the space under the CAP. 2.03.4 may not be any openings. The door in the aft
bulkhead and openings in particular for shafts and tubes are enabled, if
they are designed so that they do not affect the efficiency of the bulkheads and the Department of space.
The door in the aft-peak bulkhead are permitted if the wheelhouse is possible
remote control whether they are open or closed, and on them
must be placed on both sides of easy to read instruction: "the door after using the
immediately close ".
2.03.6 inputs and outputs of water in the hull and attached pipe
must be carried out so as to prevent any inadvertent intrusion
water into the vessel.
2.03.7 foresections of vessels shall be carried out so that the anchors neither wholly nor
partially built the side shell plating.
2.04. Engine room, boiler room and fuel tanks
2.04.1 engine and boiler rooms shall be arranged so as to be able to
their device easily and safely controlled, operated and maintained.
2.04.2 tanks for liquid fuel or lubricating oil, which are in the normal course
operation of the static pressure of the liquid and the passenger and
the accommodation shall not have common walls.
2.04.3 walls, ceilings and doors of engine rooms, boiler rooms and fuel tanks
shall be constructed of steel or equally fire-resistant material.
The insulation material used in engine rooms shall be protected against the intrusion of fuel
or fuel vapors. All openings in walls, ceilings, and doors
engine rooms, boiler rooms and spaces with fuel tanks must be able
close from the outside. Shut-off devices shall be made of steel or
equally fire-resistant material.
2.04.4 engine and boiler rooms and other areas in which they can
inflammable or toxic gases must be adequately ventilated.
2.04.5 Ladders and ladders providing access to engine and boiler rooms and
fuel tanks must be permanently affixed and made of steel or
another shock-resistant and fire-resistant material.
2.04.6 engine and boiler rooms shall have two exits of which one may be
safe. From the second exit may be dispensed with if
and the total floor area) (average length x average width at the level of
the plane of the floor) engine and boiler room does not exceed 35 m2 and
(b)) path from each post, where servicing or maintenance,
the East or to the staircase at the exit that leads to the outside, is not longer than 5 m
and
(c)) on the site of the operator, which is the most far from the exit doors, the
located a fire extinguisher; the same shall apply by way of derogation from chapter. 10.03.1 (b). (e)),
If the installed capacity of the machines less than 100 kW.
2.04.7 maximum permissible sound pressure level in the engine room is 110
DB (A). The measuring points shall be selected with regard to the necessary maintenance
normal operation of a device that is placed here. The noise measurement shall be carried out
According to "the administrative instruction No. 5" set out in Appendix II to annex II
"The minimum technical requirements for vessels on inland waterways
zone 1, 2, 3 and 4 "directive of the European Parliament and of the Council
2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for vessels
inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, as amended by
Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,
Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
Chapter 3
SAFETY CLEARANCE, FREEBOARD AND DRAUGHT MARKS
3.01. The safety clearance
3.01.1 minimum safety distance is 300 mm.
3.01.2 the safety clearance for vessels whose openings cannot be closed
device resistant to splashing water and weather resistant, and
vessels sailing with their holds uncovered cargo holds,
increases, so that each of these holes was at least 500 mm above the
plane of maximum draught.
3.02. The freeboard
3.03. Minimum freeboard
temperatures of the reductions provided for in chapter. 4.02 the minimum freeboard shall be not less
than 0 mm.
3.04. Draught marks
3.04.1 the plane of maximum draught shall be determined so that the
compliance with the provisions concerning minimum freeboard and
minimum safety distance. For security reasons, however, can
be for safety clearance or freeboard determined to a larger value.
The plane of maximum draught shall be determined at least for navigational zone
3.
3.04.2 the plane of maximum draught shall be indicated clearly
visible indelible draught marks.
3.04.3 marks for navigational zone 3 shall consist of a rectangle
300 mm long and 40 mm high with its base horizontal and coinciding
with the plane of maximum draught. Any different cost
signs shall include such a rectangle.
3.04.4 the vessel shall have at least three pairs of draught marks, of which
one pair is located in the middle of the vessel and two others are located
approximately one-sixth of the length from the bow and stern. This is
does not require
and for vessels) less than 40 m, where just two pairs of draught marks
located approximately one quarter of the vessel's length from bow and Stern, and
(b)) for vessels not intended for the carriage of cargo, where just one
a couple of draught marks located approximately in the middle of the vessel.
3.04.5 marks or indications which cease to be valid
the new survey must be removed or marked as invalid
under the supervision by the inspection body. Cost brand that
becomes illegible must be replaced under the supervision of the entity
by the inspection.
3.04.6 If the vessel was calibrated in accordance with the Convention for the
calibration of inland waterway vessels and the plane of the 1966
cejchovních marks meets the requirements of this annex, shall be replaced by the following
verification of the brand marks. This fact must be indicated in
the certificate of the vessel.
3.04.7 if the vessel is to be operated in inland waterway
zones outside the zone 3 (zones 1, 2 or 4), must be the front and back a few
draught marks according to chap. 3.04.4 accompanied by a vertical line, to which the
Appends one or more zones in the case of several additional draught lines
length 150 mm towards the bow of the vessel relative to the load lines
for zone 3. The vertical and horizontal lines must be strong 30 mm. In addition to the
marks towards the bow of the vessel must be a number
the height and width of 40 mm, 60, which indicate the appropriate zone (see Figure 1).
Figure 1
3.05. Maximum permissible draught of loaded ships which holds
cargo spaces are not always covered so as to be resistant to
splash-proof and weatherproof
If the plane is 3.05.1 draught vessels for zone 3
laid down, provided that holds the holds can be covered
so they are resistant to splashing water and weather resistant, and
If the distance between the plane of maximum draught and the upper
edge of the coamings is less than 500 mm, the maximum permissible draught for
sailing with their holds uncovered cargo holds by kap.
4.01.2.
3.05.2 in the case referred to in section 3.4. the certificate of the vessel 3.05.1 writes
This figure: "If the hatch covers Are completely or partially open, it is possible to
vessel loading up to ... mm below the draught marks for zone 3. "
3.06. Draught scales
being vessels whose draught may exceed 1 m shall have on each
the side of the vessel, aft Stern; the vessel
they may also have additional draught scales.
3.06.2 zero points each draught scales lies at the intersection of the vertical
This scale and plane parallel to the plane
draught at the lowest point of the hull or of the keel,
If there is any. Vertical distance above zero point shall be graduated
in decimetres. This graduation must be stamped from the plane of draught
the empty vessels of up to 100 mm above the plane of maximum
the dive on both sides of the vessel lines embossed or engraved and
color-marked two different colors so that they are clearly
visible. The graduation is stamped numbers on the side of the scale
at least after every five decimetres marked next to and on top of the draught
the scale.
two rear weights 3.06.3 scales affixed pursuant to the Convention referred to in
Kap. 3.04.6, may replace the draught scales, provided that they are
graduated in accordance with the above requirements, and that in the case of
the need will be added, figures indicating the draught.
Chapter 4
MANOEUVRABILITY
4.01. General provisions
4.01.1 vessels and convoys must demonstrate adequate navigability and
maneuverability.
4.01.2 unpowered vessels intended to be towed shall
meet specific requirements set by the body responsible for the inspection,
that are necessary for the adequate manoeuvrability of the vessel.
4.01.3 powered vessels and convoys shall meet the requirements of
Kap. 4.02 to 4.10.
4.02. Navigation
4.02.1 navigability and manoeuvrability shall be checked by
voyages. Checks, in particular, compliance with the requirements of the chapter. 4.06, up 4.10.
4.02.2 compliance with kap. 4.06 to 4.10 may be demonstrated to other
in a way, especially if they have been carried out on Board of the same
type.
4.02.3 the navigation and their evaluation shall be carried out in accordance with the
the requirements laid down in this annex, or requirements referred to in
Appendix II to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the
inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 "directive of the European
Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for
inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in
the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,
Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
4.02.4 the navigation tests are carried out with a vessel equipped with a provisional
the certificate of the vessel or with the participation of employees of the State ferry management
entrusted with the exercise of State supervision in inland navigation.
4.03. the test area
4.03.1 navigation by chapter. 4.02 shall be made in the field of water
paths, which designated the inspection body with regard to the possibility of
the proper and safe conduct of tests (hereinafter referred to as "test area").
4.03.2 the test area must be in the waterway with flowing
or a quiet water, if possible straight, at least 2 km long
and sufficiently wide and is equipped with distinctive signs to determine the position of the
the vessel.
4.03.3 test area must allow to record the hydrological data
for example. fairway channel depth, width, splavného and average speed
current in the Canal area, a variety of water conditions.
Degree of loading of 4.04. vessels and convoys during navigation
4.04.1 during cruises vessels and convoys shall be designed to
the carriage of cargo to be loaded to at least 70% of their deadweight and the cargo must
be distributed evenly to ensure the cruise on a flat hernia.
If the tests are carried out with a smaller load, is the approval for poproudní
Cruise limited to this loading.
4.05. The use of the equipment of a vessel in navigation test
4.05.1 During navigation you can use all the facilities referred to in
paragraphs 34 and 52 of the certificate of the vessel, which can be controlled from the wheelhouse,
In addition to the anchors.
4.05.2 bow anchors may be used during the test, including
rotation in the stream by the chapter. 4.10.
4.06. Prescribed (forward) speed sailing
4.06.1 vessels and convoys shall achieve relative to the surface of the water
at least 13 km/h cruise speed. This requirement does not apply to
pushers, if they fly alone.
4.06.2 compliance with the requirement under the CAP. 4.06.1 may not be required for
vessels and assemblies which are operated exclusively in the estuaries and
ports of call.
4.06.3 If the unladen vessel is capable of exceeding a speed of 40 km/h
in relation to water, writes to point 52 this vessel certificate
"the vessel is capable of exceeding a speed of 40 km/h relative to the
the surface of the water. "
4.06.4 a trial cruise to the request validation, kap. 4.06.1 and its
the evaluation is performed according to "Administrative instruction No. 2" set out in Appendix
(II) to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the
inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 "directive of the European
Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for
inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in
the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,
Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
4.07. the ability to stop
4.07.1 vessels and convoys shall be able to stop the voyage after
the stream in a sufficiently short time and at the same time it must be sufficiently
to operate.
If the vessels are not 4.07.2 and reports longer than 86 m and wider than 22.90 m,
stopping capacity can be replaced by turning capacity.
The ability to stop shall be demonstrated using the stopping maneuvers in
test areas referred to in chapter IV. 4.03 and the ability to rotate rotation
maneuvers by kap. 4.10.
4.07.3 a trial cruise to the request validation, kap. 4.07.1 and its
the evaluation is performed according to "Administrative instruction No. 2" set out in Appendix
(II) to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the
inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 "directive of the European
Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for
inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in
the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,
Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
4.08. Navigability backward
4.08.1 if the stopping manoeuvre according to chap. 4.07 on calm water,
must be accompanied by a test sailing backwards.
4.08.2 Trial cruise to the request validation, kap. 4.08.1 and its
the evaluation is performed according to "Administrative instruction No. 2" set out in Appendix
(II) to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the
inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 "directive of the European
Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for
inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in
the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,
Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
4.09. ability to elude
4.09.1 vessels and convoys shall be able to do this in a sufficiently short
time for evasive action. This capability shall be demonstrated using the skiving
the maneuvers, which are carried out in the test area as referred to in chapter IV. 4.03.
4.09.2 a trial cruise to the request validation, kap. 4.09.1 and its
the evaluation is performed according to "Administrative instruction No. 2" set out in Appendix
(II) to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the
inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 "directive of the European
Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for
inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in
the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,
Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
4.10. the ability to rotate
4.10.1. Vessels and convoys to 86 m length or 22.90 m in width shall be
able to rotate in a timely manner. The test may be replaced by turning capacity
test the stopping capacity referred to in section 3.4. 5.07. ability to traverse
demonstrates using the means of turning manoeuvres against the current.
4.10.2 the trial cruise to the request validation, kap. 4.10.1 and its
the evaluation is performed according to "Administrative instruction No. 2" set out in Appendix
(II) to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the
inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 "directive of the European
Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for
inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in
the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,
Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
Chapter 5
STEERING GEAR
5.01. General requirements
5.01.1 the vessel shall be equipped with reliable steering system
that provides at least the manoeuvrability required by Chapter 4.
5.01.2 Powered steering gear must be designed so that the rudder
could not change position.
5.01.3 the entire steering gear shall be designed to withstand a
standing up to 15 St. and ambient temperatures from-20 ° C to +
50 ° C.
5.01.4 Parts of the steering gear must be strong enough to
withstand the stresses to which they are subject in normal operating
terms and conditions. No external forces acting on the rudder shall impair the
the functionality of the steering apparatus and its drive unit.
5.01.5 required for the forces necessary to control the rudder, must have
steering a powered drive unit.
5.01.6 steering apparatus with powered drive unit shall be provided with
overload protection device to limit the torque.
5.01.7 Holes in the hull and steering shaft lines for trunks must be
constructed so as to prevent leakage of lubricating oils of pollutants
water.
5.02. steering apparatus drive unit
5.02.1 the steering apparatus Has a powered drive unit shall be
equipped with a second independent drive unit or manual drive. In
event of a fault or failure of the drive unit of the steering gear
It must be possible to start using the second independent drive unit, or
manual drive within five seconds.
5.02.2 are not if the second drive unit or manual drive put into
traffic automatically, it must be possible to do so without delay, the only
easy and fast action.
5.02.3 the second drive unit or manual drive shall also ensure
the manoeuvrability required by Chapter 4.
5.03. Hydraulic steering apparatus drive unit
5.03.1 Hydraulic steering apparatus drive unit must not be used
as a power plant for other power appliances.
5.03.2 Hydraulic tanks shall be equipped with a warning system that
monitors the oil level drop below the lowest permissible level
for safe operation.
5.03.3 Dimensions, construction and arrangement of the piping must be of the highest possible
extent, exclude mechanical damage or damage due to fire.
5.03.4 Hydraulic hose
and) are permitted only if they are necessary for the absorption of vibrations
or the free movement of structural elements;
(b)) must be designed for at least the maximum operating pressure;
(c)) must be replaced with new ones at least every eight years.
5.03.5 hydraulic cylinders, hydraulic pumps, hydraulic motors and
Electric Motors must be prohlédnuly at least every eight years professionally
competent person and, if necessary, corrected.
5.04. Energy source
5.04.1 steering gear with two motor propulsion units
must have at least two power sources.
5.04.2 if there is no other source of energy for the motor drive unit
permanently available during navigation, shall be the time required to
start-up balancing system with sufficient capacity.
5.04.3 the main source for the steering gear must not serve as a source of
electricity for other power appliances.
5.05. Manual drive
5.05.1 steering wheel manual drive must not be driven by the motor
power unit.
5.05.2, regardless of the position of the rudder shall be switched on automatically
the manual drive, a kick-back of the steering wheel.
6.5. Installations of the propellers, water-jet and cycloidal-propeller
(Voth-Schneider) propellers and bow bow thruster
5.06.1 Is a remote control to change the direction of the steering device
water-jet, cycloidal-propeller, propellers (Voth-Schneider) propellers, or
of the equivalent electric, hydraulic or
pneumatic, the vessel must be equipped with two mutually independent
control systems between the wheelhouse and the thrust or bow
-a device which, mutatis mutandis, meet the requirements of chapter. 5.01
up to 5.05. This paragraph does not apply to such systems, if they are not
needed to achieve the manoeuvrability required by Chapter 5 or
If they are not necessary to stop the test.
5.06.2 If the vessel is equipped with two or more independent
kormidlovacími, vodomety, cykloidními propellers (Voth-Schneider)
propeller or bow dokormidlovacími, the other devices
the control system is required when the failure of one device on the vessel
maintain the manoeuvrability required by Chapter 4.
5.07. Indicators and monitoring devices
5.07.1 the position of the rudder must be clearly perceivable from the steering position.
If the rudder position indicator electric, must have its own power supply.
5.07.2 on the control unit must be visible and audible alarm
the system, which signals
and the drop in the oil level) of hydraulic tanks below the lowest
permissible level in accordance with the chapter. 5.03.2 and decrease operating pressure in
the hydraulic system;
(b)) a power outage control;
c) power supply failure power units;
d) failure-turn regulator;
e) disorder prescribed compensatory systems.
5.08. rotation speed Regulators
5.08.1-turn Regulators and their components shall meet the
the requirements of the chapter. 9.20.
5.08.2 the correct operation-turn regulator shall be displayed
on the control station using the green light. Must be checked
supply voltage failure or unacceptable and inadmissible fluctuations
reduce the speed of rotation of the gyroscope.
5.08.3 If the vessel is equipped with, in addition to turn regulator
other steering gear, it must be possible from the steering position
clearly distinguish which of these devices has been turned on. Must be
possible to switch immediately from one device to another. Regulator
the rate of turn shall not affect the other steering systems.
5.08.4 power supply-turn regulator shall be
independent of other electrical appliances.
5.08.5 the gyroscopes, detectors and turn indicators used in the
rotation speed regulators shall meet the minimum requirements and
the test procedures for turn indicators.
5.09. Periodic inspections
5.09.1 Tour of the correctness of installation of the steering gear must be
the body responsible for the inspection is performed. In order to verify the technical
the eligibility of the steering gear may be required to submit
the following documents:
and a description of the steering gear);
b) drawings and information on the propulsion and steering apparatus
management controls;
c) information about steering the machine;
d) electrical wiring diagram;
e) description of-turn regulator;
(f)) of the manual steering gear.
5.09.2 Function of the entire steering system shall be checked by means of a test
voyage. If it is installed turn regulator, it is necessary to
check whether you can reliably maintain the established course and safely
handle set the arc of rotation.
5.09.3 inspection of the steering gear, power driven performs
the inspection body by means of competent person
and) before commissioning;
(b)) after failure;
c) after any modification or repair;
d) periodically, at least every three years.
5.09.4 inspection must include at least:
and) checking accordance with approved drawings and periodic inspection,
whether modifications were made to the steering gear;
b) control functionality of the steering gear for all operational
options;
c) a Visual inspection and leak test of the hydraulic elements, in particular
valves, pipes, hydraulic hoses, hydraulic cylinders,
hydraulic pumps and hydraulic suction baskets;
d) Visual inspection of the electrical elements, especially the relays, electric motors and
safety devices;
e) control of optical and acoustic control devices.
5.09.5 the Protocol on inspection of the steering gear has
1. the result of the examinations,
2. the tour date, and
3. the name and the surname of a competent person.
Chapter 6
The WHEELHOUSE
6.01. General provisions
6.01.1 the wheelhouse must be equipped to allow continuous performance
the helmsman duties during the voyage.
6.01.2 under normal operating conditions, the sound pressure level
the noise made by the vessel measured at the control level
the helmsman's head must not exceed 70 dB (A). The noise measurement shall be carried out according to the
"The administrative instruction No. 5" set out in Appendix II to annex II "Minimum
technical requirements applicable to vessels on inland waterways of zones
1, 2, 3 and 4, "European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC, which
laying down technical requirements for inland waterway vessels and
repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC,
Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC and
Directive 2008/126/EC.
6.01.3 Is a wheelhouse designed for one person with
using radar, the mate must be able to perform its tasks while sitting and
All indicating and monitoring equipment and controls necessary for the management of
vessels shall be so located that the steersman can during the voyage
conveniently monitor and control, without leaving his seat and without
the radar screen.
6.02. Unobstructed view
6.02.1 from the steering position shall be views in all directions.
6.02.2 area of obstructed vision for the helmsman ahead of the vessel in
unladen mass to half the stocks without ballast load may not
exceed two vessel lengths or 250 m, whichever value is the
lower, due to the surface of the water. Optical and electronic devices
to reduce the area of obstructed vision cannot be taken into account during the tour.
To further reduce the area of obstructed vision can only use suitable
electronic devices.
the helmsman's 6.02.3 in the management of the vessel shall
be at least 240 ° of the horizon, from which at least 140 ° within the forward semicircle.
In the current view direction the helmsman shall lie within the window frame,
post or superstructure. If there is sufficient unobstructed view
toward the back, they can even in the case of an unlimited term, 240 °
term be required other measures, in particular the installation of auxiliary
optical or electronic devices. Height of the lower edge of the side
Windows shall be as low as possible, the height of the upper edge of the side and rear Windows
must be the highest possible. In determining whether the requirements are met, the kap.
6.02 for visibility from the wheelhouse, it is assumed that on the control
the checkpoint is the height of the eyes of the helmsman in 1 650 mm above the floor level
the wheelhouse.
6.02.4. the upper edge of the wheelhouse window towards the bow must be
high enough that a person at the steering position with height of eye 1 800
mm should guarantee free view of at least 10 degrees above the horizontal plane in the
the height level of the eyes.
6.02.5 view through the windscreen must be in any weather
ensured by appropriate means.
6.02.6 the Windows used in the wheelhouse shall be made of safety
glass and have a light transmission of at least 75%. Front Windows
Unit leader of the vessel must be fitted with a non-reflective glass or
fixed so that effectively made it impossible reflections. This requirement is
considered to have been met if the Windows are inclined from the vertical plane of the direction
outside, in the outer angle of not less than 10 ° and not more than 25 °.
6.03. General requirements concerning control, indicating and monitoring equipment
6.03.1 controls required to operate the vessel must be easy to
rebuild it into position. Operating position must be clearly
clear.
6.03.2 monitoring instruments shall be easy to read. Their lighting
must be infinitely adjustable up to a complete shutdown. Light sources
not to be disruptive and must not deteriorate the legibility of the monitoring devices.
6.03.3 in the wheelhouse must be installed to test the alerting system
lights and indicator lights.
6.03.4 Must be clearly identifiable, whether the device is in operation.
If its functioning is indicated by the LEDs, this must be
Green.
6.03.5 Any malfunction or failure of systems whose
monitoring is required, it must be indicated by means of Red
warning lights.
6.03.6 when lighted red warning lights must be heard at the same time
an audible warning signal. Audible warning signals may be given as
a bulk of the signal. The sound pressure level of this signal must
exceed the maximum sound pressure level of the ambient noise on the
the steering position by at least 3 DB(a). Measurement of sound pressure level
beacon shall be carried out according to the "Administrative instruction No. 5" referred to in
Appendix II to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the
inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 "directive of the European
Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for
inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in
the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,
Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC. An audible warning signal
It must be possible to turn off. Turning off may not prevent warning
the signal was once again running in the case of other incorrect function. Red
warning lights can be turned off only after the removal of the fault.
6.03.7 Control and signal devices in the event of a power failure must
automatically switch to emergency power.
6.04. specific requirements concerning control, indicating and monitoring
device main engines and steering gear
from the steering position it must be possible to control and monitor the main
engines and steering gear. Main engines fitted with a clutch which
can be operated from the steering position, or controllable
the pitch of a propeller that can be operated from the steering position, must be
can be switched on and off only from the engine room.
6.04.2 each main engine shall be controlled by a single lever
moving through the arc of a circle in a vertical plane more or less parallel to the
the longitudinal axis of the vessel. The movement of the lever must cause the movement of the vessel
forward and aft movement of the lever must cause motion astern. To
using the clutch and change of direction occurs, if the lever is approximately
the neutral position. The lever must latch into the neutral position.
6.04.3 must show the direction of thrust imparted to the vessel and drive
the speed of the propeller or main engines.
6.04.4 on the control unit must be indicating and monitoring
equipment referred to in section 3.4. 5.07.2, kap. 7.03.2 and chapter. 7.05.13.
6.04.5 vessels with a wheelhouse arranged to control one
the person with the help of the radar must be controlled by a lever. The lever must be easy to
manual control. Lever position with respect to the longitudinal axis of the vessel shall
correspond to the position of the Steering fins. It must be possible to release the lever in
any position without changing the position of the rudder. The neutral position of the lever must
be clearly identifiable.
6.04.6 If, in the case of the wheelhouse arranged to control one
the person with the help of radar vessel fitted with bow rudders or special
where, in particular for navigation, these separate
the flippers, which, mutatis mutandis, meet the requirements set out in section 3.4. 6.04.5. this
requirement also applies if, in the case of reports used by the
steering gear is another vessel than the vessel Manager's report.
6.04.7 Use the rotation speed regulators, must be
rotational speed control can be in any position to release, without
to change the speed that is set. Rotation range of the control must be
sufficient to ensure sufficient settings. Neutral position
must be uniquely identifiable from all other places. Lighting
the scale must be continuously adjustable.
6.04.8 Device to remotely control the entire steering gear shall
be permanently installed and arranged in a way that was clearly
recognizable chosen course. If it is possible to remotely control devices
to turn off, it must be equipped with an indicating device that shows
the operating status-"on" or "off". The arrangement and
controls must be appropriate. For equipment systems
steering gear, such as bow bow thruster, is
permitted devices to the remote control, which is not permanently installed,
they can be activated at any time to turn off the device in the wheelhouse.
6.04.9 in the case of the propellers, water-jet, cycloidal-propeller
(Voth-Schneider) propellers and landing gear systems, equivalent devices are
acceptable equivalent controls and signal and control equipment.
The requirements in section 3.4. from to 6.04.8 shall apply mutatis mutandis with regard to the specific
the properties and the arrangement of the active steering and propulsion
units referred to in the first sentence. As in the case of kap. 6.04.2
each unit must be controlled by a lever moving through the arc of a circle
in a vertical plane more or less parallel to the direction of the force of the power unit. From
the position of the lever shall be clearly recognizable direction of the thrust
acting on the vessel. If the rudder or cycloidal propeller
(Voth-Schneider) propeller is not controlled by a lever, it may not be required
meet the requirements of chapter. 6.04.2. Such derogations must be disclosed in the
the certificate of the vessel in box 52.
6.05. Navigation lights, light and sound signals
6.05.1 in the wheelhouse must be placed lights or equivalent
equipment to check navigation lights, if you can not control
directly from the wheelhouse.
6.05.2 in wheelhouses arranged to control with one person
using the radar must be placed on the control panel to
check the navigation lights and light signals. The power button of the navigation
lights are built into the lights, or are located in their
the immediate vicinity. The arrangement and color lights for navigation
lights and light signals corresponds to the actual position and colour of those
lights and signals on board. When the navigation light or
the light signal will turn on the lights or disorder
indicated by other means.
6.05.3 in wheelhouses arranged to control with one person
using radar signals must be controlled by a foot pedal. This
requirement does not apply to the "do not approach" signal.
6.05.4 navigation lights must comply with the requirements of parts I and II of annex IX
"Requirements for signal lights, radar equipment and speed indicators
the rotation of the "European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC
laying down technical requirements for inland waterway vessels and repealing
Council Directive 82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC, directive
2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC and directive
2008/126/EC
6.06. Radar equipment and speed of rotation indicator
6.06.1 radar equipment and speed of rotation indicator must correspond to the
a type approved by the competent authority. It is necessary to fulfil the requirements for
installation and function test of radar equipment and indicators
rotation speed according to part III and part V of annex IX "
signal lights, radar equipment and speed of rotation indicator "
European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down the
technical requirements for inland waterway vessels and repealing Directive
Council 82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC,
Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
Inland ECDIS equipment that can be operated in navigation
the scheme, is considered to be radar equipment.
6.06.2 turn indicator must be located ahead of the helmsman and in
his field of vision. In wheelhouses arranged to control one
the person with the help of radar
a) radar screen in the normal position may not be substantially off the
the perspective of a helmsman;
(b)) the radar picture must remain fully visible, without the aid of a mask or
screen, irrespective of the lighting conditions outside the wheelhouse;
(c))-turn indicator shall be installed directly above or below the
the radar screen or be built into it.
6.07. Radiotelephone systems for vessels with wheelhouses arranged to
management of the vessel by radar by one person
6.07.1 if the wheelhouse of vessels Are organized to control one
the person with the help of radar, reception must be within the radiotelephone service
category of vessel-vessel and income categories navigational information
ensure the speaker and broadcast via a fixed microphone. The changeover from reception
the broadcast must be controlled by the button. These microphones may not be open
use in a public communications network.
6.07.2 if there is a wheelhouse designed for one person with
radar equipped with radiotelephony system for public
communication network, reception must be possible from the helmsman's seat.
6.08. Internal communication on board
6.08.1 on vessels with a wheelhouse arranged to control one
the person with the help of radar equipment shall be available for the internal
communication on board. From the control station must be able to establish a
connection
and with the bow of the vessel) or convoy;
(b)), the rear of the vessel or convoy, if not from the control
the Habitat of the direct communication;
(c)) with spaces for the crew;
(d)) with the boatmaster.
Income must be in all places these internal lines of communication
carried out by using the speaker and broadcast via a fixed microphone. Connection
with the bow and stern of the vessel or the front and rear sections of the report may be
radiotelephone.
6.09. Alarm system
6.09.1 the vessel shall be equipped with an alarm system that can be used
run acoustic warning signal in the living spaces, machinery spaces and
where appropriate, the separate pump rooms.
6.09.2 the steersman must have within reach of the button "on/off" for
controlling the alarm signal; push button switches, which when released
automatically return to the "off" position, are not allowed.
6.09.3 sound pressure level in residential beacon
quarters must not be less than 75 dB (A). In machinery spaces and machinery spaces
pumps must have the form of a flashing light warning signal, which is
visible from all sides and clearly recognizable in all places.
Measurement of sound pressure warning signal shall be carried out according to the "Administrative
Guideline No 5 "set out in Appendix II to annex II minimum technical
requirements for vessels on inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3, and
4 "directive of the European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down the
technical requirements for inland waterway vessels and repealing Directive
Council 82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC,
Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
6.10. Heating and ventilation
6.10.1 the wheelhouse shall be equipped with an efficient heating and ventilation
system, which can be regulated.
6.11. Device to the stern anchors
6.11.1 on vessels and convoys reports to management
the vessel's radar by one person of more than 86 m or wider
than 22.90 m must have a mate the ability to run from his station
the stern anchor.
6.12. Retractable wheelhouses
6.12.1 retractable wheelhouses shall be equipped with a device for the reduction of
height.
6.12.2 automatically when starting the run must clearly
a recognizable sound warning signal. This requirement does not apply if the
using appropriate structural measures to eliminate the risk of injury
arising from the execution of the wheelhouse.
6.12.3 in any position it must be possible to leave the wheelhouse safely.
6.13. Entry in the Community certificate for vessels with wheelhouses
arranged to control the vessel's radar by one person
7.13.1 where a vessel complies with the requirements referred to in section 3.4. 6.01, 6.04. up to 6.08. and
6.11 for the wheelhouse arranged to control of the vessel by one person
radar, entered in the certificate of the vessel: "the vessel has
a wheelhouse arranged to control of the vessel by one person
the radar ".
Chapter 7
CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY
7.01. General provisions
7.01.1 Mechanical devices and their ancillaries shall be
designed, manufactured and installed in accordance with the principles of good practice.
7.01.2 devices that require regular check-ups, especially steam
boilers and other pressure vessels and their accessories, and elevators, must
comply with the requirements provided for by specific legislation.
7.01.3 can only be installed on board internal combustion engines
the combustion of fuel having a flashpoint of more than 55 ° c.
7.02. Operating safety
7.02.1 machinery must be positioned and secured so as to
adequately accessible for operation and maintenance and not threatening to people,
that these operations are carried out. Machinery must be secured against
accidental start.
7.02.2 main engines, auxiliary machinery, boilers and pressure vessels and their
accessories must be equipped with safety features.
7.02.3 the motors driving pressure and suction fans, ventilation systems
must be able to stop from outside the space in which they are located, and
from the outside of the engine room.
7.02.4 connecting pipe (hose) for fuel, lubricating oil and oil
(including hydraulic fluids) used in systems for power transmission and
in control, fuel and heating systems must be equipped with covers
or other appropriate protection to avoid spray or seepage
fuel or oil on hot surfaces, into machinery air intakes inputs
device or other sources of ignition. The number of elements in the
These piping systems must be as small as possible.
7.02.5 the outer high-pressure fuel pipe of diesel engines between
high pressure fuel pumps and fuel injection must be
protected by a jacketed piping system capable of carrying fuel
failure of the high-pressure pipeline. The projecting system must be equipped with
device for collecting fuel and odkapávajícího device that
indicates a malfunction in the fuel pipes; for engines with up to two
the cylinder is, however, an alarm signal is not required. Jacketed piping system
may not be used on open decks for engines powering the winches and
vertical windlass.
7.02.6 Insulation of engine parts must comply with the requirements of the chapter. 3.04.3 the second
the sentence.
7.03. Power plant
7.03.1 propelling machinery of the vessel must be able to quickly and reliably
to start, stop, and put into reverse.
7.03.2, using appropriate equipment, which in the case of critical
level triggered an alarm signal, it is necessary to monitor
and the temperature of the cooling water) main engines;
(b)) pressure lubricating oil for the main engines and transmissions;
(c) the oil and air pressure) with reversible units of the main engines,
reverse transmissions or propellers.
7.03.3 for vessels with one main engine, this engine may not
automatically turn off except overspeed protection.
7.03.4 for vessels with one main engine, this engine may be equipped with a
an automatic device to reduce the number of engine speed only
If the automatic reduction of the engine speed in the wheelhouse
indicated both visually and sonically, and devices to reduce the number of revolutions
the engine can be turned off from the helmsman.
7.03.5 Shaft must be stored so as to prevent leakage of lubricants
polluting the water.
7.04. engine exhaust system
powered all exhaust gas must be evacuated from the vessel.
7.04.2 exhaust pipes must be assembled so that no part of the
the vessel did not leak exhaust gases from the exhaust pipe. Exhaust
pipes passing through accommodation or the wheelhouse shall be in
These spaces, gas-tight protective coating. The gap between the exhaust
pipeline and gas-proof protective coating must allow for the supply of
the outer air.
7.04.3 exhaust pipes shall be arranged and protected so that it cannot
cause a fire.
7.04.4 in engine exhaust pipes shall be suitably heat
insulated or cooled. In areas outside the engine room is sufficient protection
before touching.
7.05. fuel tanks, pipes and accessories
7.05.1 Liquid fuel must be stored in steel tanks that
either they are an integral part of the hull, or are they to the ship's hull
firmly attached. If required by the construction of the vessel, it can be used
an equivalent fire-resistant material. These requirements shall not apply to tanks
containing up to 12 litres that have been built into the production
additional devices. These requirements also apply to mobile
fuel tank floating equipment under the conditions specified in chapter IV. 17.02.1
(a). d). fuel tanks shall not have common partitions with tanks
for drinking water.
7.05.2 Tanks and their pipework and other accessories shall be stored and
arranged so that the fuel or fuel vapour may accidentally reach the
in the vessel. Tank valves intended for fuel sampling or drainage
water must be fitted with an automatic closing.
7.05.3 collision bulkhead shall not be placed any fuel
the tank.
7.05.4 fuel tanks and their fittings shall not be located directly above
engines or exhaust pipes.
7.05.5 fuel tank Filler openings must be clearly indicated.
7.05.6 fuel tank filler pipe, in addition to the tanks
filled for daily consumption, must be on board. The filling pipe shall
the latter connection neck in accordance with European standard EN 12
827:1999. Tanks must be fitted with exhaust-air pipe vyústěným to the
ambient air above the deck, which is arranged so as to
could not enter the water. The cross-section of the ventilation pipe must be at least
1,25 times the cross-section of the filler neck. If the tank each other
linked, the cross-section of the connecting pipe must be at least l, 25 times
the cross-section of the filler neck.
7.05.7 with the exception of tanks mounted directly on the engine, must be
liquid fuel distribution pipes directly at the outlet of the tank is fitted with a
rychlouzavíracím valve which can be operated from the deck, even if they are
the premises closed. If the operating equipment covered, cover or
the cover may not be capable of being locked. Operating the device with rychlouzavíracím
the valve must be marked in red. If the device is covered, the cover must be
or cover marked with the symbol for quick-acting valve as shown in Figure 9
in Appendix I to this annex.
7.05.8 Fuel pipes, their couplings (hoses) seals and
fittings shall be made of material that will withstand the mechanical,
chemical and thermal stresses to which it may be assumed. Fuel pipe
must not be exposed to the harmful effects of heat and it must be possible
check the full length.
7.05.9 fuel tanks must be equipped with appropriate devices for measuring
their content. The measuring equipment shall be legible to the highest
the surface of the filling of the reservoir. Glass gauges shall be effectively protected
from shock, at the lower end should be equipped with an automatic shut-off
and the top of the device connected to the tanks above the highest level
their fulfilment. The material used for the manufacture of glass at stavoznaků
normal ambient temperature must not deform. Measuring tube must not result in
the living quarters. Measuring vyústěné tubes in the engine room or boiler room
must be provided with a suitable self-closing devices.
7.05.10 fuel tanks must be protected when their performance before
fuel spillage by using appropriate technical equipment of the vessel.
This device shall be entered in the certificate of the vessel point 52. If the fuel
drawn from the supply of petrol stations with its own technical
devices to prevent fuel spillage during filling of the vessel,
does not apply to the device according to the requirements of the first sentence of the section. 7.05.11.
7.05.11 if they are equipped with an automatic shut-off of the fuel tank
the sensors stop filling when the tank is full of 97%. If
used electrical contact, which stops the performance through
a binary signal, passes the signal through a waterproof connector
outlet. Junction socket must be equipped for leadership of the DC
stream 40 to 50 V, must be fitted with a cap of white colour and the position of its
the earthing contact must be ten hours.
7.05.12 fuel tanks shall be fitted with closures, openings
to permit cleaning and inspection.
7.05.13 Fuel tanks directly supplying the main engines and motors
necessary for the safe operation of the vessel shall be fitted with a device,
that gives the NRC Visual and audible signal in the event that the level of
filling fuel already does not guarantee safe operation.
7.06. storage of lubricating oil, pipes and accessories
7.06.1 Lubricating oil shall be stored in steel tanks which are either
an integral part of the hull, or the hull are firmly
attached. If required by the construction of the vessel, you can use the equivalent
fire-resistant material. These requirements shall not apply to tanks with a volume of
up to 25 liters. Lubricating oil tanks shall not have common partitions with
tanks for potable water.
7.06.2 lubricating oil tanks and their pipework and other accessories shall
be stored and organized so that the lubricating oil or oil vapour may
accidentally escape into the vessel.
7.06.3 the collision bulkhead shall not be placed on any tank
lubricating oil.
7.06.4 lubricating oil tanks and their fittings shall not be located
directly above engines or exhaust pipes.
7.06.5 the filling ports of lubricating oil tanks shall be marked distinctly.
7.06.6 lubricating oil pipes, their couplings (hoses)
seals and fittings shall be made of material that will withstand
mechanical, chemical and thermal stresses to which it may be assumed.
The pipeline must not be exposed to the harmful effects of heat and must be possible
their control over the entire length.
7.06.7 lubricating oil tanks shall be provided with appropriate facilities for the
measurement of the content. The measuring equipment shall be legible after
the highest level of filling the tank. Glass gauges shall be effectively
protected against impacts, must be at the lower end equipped with automatic
closing device and at the upper end connected to the tanks above the highest
the level of their performance. The material used for the production of glass stavoznaků
While at ambient temperature must not deform. Measuring tubes must not be
vyústěny in the living quarters. Measuring vyústěné tubes in the engine room
or the boiler room must be provided with a suitable self-closing devices.
7.07. storage of oils used in power transmission systems, and in
control, fuel and heating systems, pipes and accessories
7.07.1 Oils including hydraulic fluids used in systems for
power transmission and control, fuel and heating systems must be
stored in tanks that are an integral part of the hull or
they are firmly attached to the hull. If required by the construction
the vessel, you can use an equivalent fire-resistant material. These requirements shall
not apply to tanks with a capacity of up to 25 liters. Such oil tanks shall not
have common partitions with drinking water tanks.
7.07.2 These oil tanks and their pipework and other accessories shall
be stored and organized so that the oil vapour may accidentally or
escape into the vessel.
7.07.3 the collision bulkhead shall not be placed on any tank
oil.
7.07.4 oil tanks and their fittings shall not be located directly above
engines or exhaust pipes.
7.07.5 oil tank Filler openings must be clearly indicated.
7.07.6 oil Pipe couplings (hoses) seals and
fittings shall be made of material that will withstand the mechanical,
chemical and thermal stresses to which it may be assumed. The pipeline must not
be exposed to the harmful effects of heat and it must be possible to inspect them
along its entire length.
7.07.7 oil tanks must be fitted with appropriate devices for measuring
their content. The measuring equipment shall be legible to the highest
the surface of the filling of the reservoir. Glass gauges shall be effectively protected
from shock, at the lower end should be equipped with an automatic shut-off
and the top of the device connected to the tanks above the highest level
their fulfilment. The material used for the manufacture of glass at stavoznaků
normal ambient temperature must not deform. Measuring tubes must not be
vyústěny in the living quarters. Measuring vyústěné tubes in the engine room
or the boiler room must be provided with a suitable self-closing devices.
7.08. Drainage and drainage system
7.08.1 Each section of the vessel must be waterproof, can pump out separately.
This requirement does not apply to watertight sections, which are during
the operation usually hermetically sealed.
7.08.2 Vessels with a crew shall be equipped with two separate
bilge pumps which shall not be installed in the same space.
At least one pump must be powered. For vessels with the performance
drive less than 225 kW or for vessels with a deadweight capacity not exceeding
350 t, or where vessels not intended for the carriage of cargo,
having a water displacement not exceeding 250 m3, however, it is sufficient for one pump
with manual or power driven. All of the required pumps shall be
can be used in all watertight sections.
7.08.3 the minimum performance
7.08.4 where the bilge pumps are connected to a drainage system,
the drainage pipes shall have an internal diameter of at least d1, in mm, and the pipe
the branch must have an internal diameter of at least d2, in mm. For vessels up to 25 m in length
the values of d1 and d2 can be reduced to 35 mm.
7.08.5 Are allowed only self-priming bilge pumps.
7.08.6 for each odvodňovaný section with a flat bottom vessels wider than 5 m
must be at least one suction strainer on the port and starboard
the vessel.
7.08.7 Rear collision space it must be possible to pump out from the main engine room
by using the easily accessible, automatically closable fitting.
7.08.8 branch pipes of the sections must be connected to a main
drainage pipe using the lock non-return valves. Sections or
other accommodation to accommodate the load (ballast) may be involved in
the drainage system only through a simple closing device. This
the requirement does not apply to hold cargo spaces capable of
hold the load. These spaces to be filled with ballast water by using
a load of piping that is permanently installed and independent of the
drainage pipes, or using the ducting, which can be connected to
the main drainage pipe by using a flexible pipe (hose), or flexible
transition pieces. For this purpose are not permitted to regulate the valves
the inflow of water placed on the floor of the hold of the cargo area.
7.08.9 Collection space dna (nádní) holds the cargo
must be fitted with a measuring device.
7.08.10 Is on board a drainage system with a permanently installed
pipe, drainage pipe must be designed to collect recycling space
oily water equipped with closures, which the inspection body
capped by a seal. Number and position of those closing devices shall be indicated in the certificate
the vessel.
7.08.11 Caps Lock is considered equivalent to sealing in accordance with
Kap. 7.08.10. The key or keys to the closures must be amended
manner and kept in a labeled and easily accessible location in the
the engine room.
7.09. Oily water and used oil
7.09.1 on board must be able to store the zaolejovanou water
accumulated during operation. For this purpose, the place of storage
considers the collection space above the bottom of the engine room (nádní).
7.09.2 for the storage of used oil in the engine room must be available
one or several specific receptacles of a capacity that corresponds to the
at least 1.5 times the quantity of used oil from the sumps of all of the
installed internal combustion engines and gearboxes and hydraulic fluid from the
hydraulic fluid reservoirs. Connector used for
emptying of the receptacles referred to above must correspond to the European
EN 1 305:1996.
7.09.3 meet the requirements of chapter. 7.09.2 may not be required for vessels
used only for transport on short routes.
7.10. Noise emitted by vessels
7.10.1 the noise generated by a vessel under way, particularly noise caused by
intake and exhaust must be adequately damped.
7.10.2 the noise generated by a vessel under way at a point 25 m from the
the side of the vessel shall not exceed 75 dB (A).
7.10.3 Except transhipment shall noise generated by a vessel at rest in a place
Remote 25 m from the ship's side shall not exceed 65 dB (A).
7.10.4 noise measurement according to chap. 7.10.2. and chapter. 7.10.3 is performed according to
"The administrative instruction No. 5" set out in Appendix II to annex II "Minimum
technical requirements applicable to vessels on inland waterways of zones
1, 2, 3 and 4, "European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC, which
laying down technical requirements for inland waterway vessels and
repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC,
Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC and
Directive 2008/126/EC.
Chapter 8
EMISSION OF GASEOUS AND PARTICULATE POLLUTANTS FROM
DIESEL ENGINES
8.01. General provisions
every provision of this chapter shall apply to all diesel engines
with a rated output of more than 20 kW installed on board vessels or in
machines on such vessels.
8.01.2. Diesel engines installed on board vessels must comply with the limit
exhaust emission values set out in the table in section 3.4. 8.03,
If not otherwise stated in this annex.
8.01.3. compliance with the emission limit values for engines with exhaust gas
determined on the basis of a type-approval according to the law of the European
Community ^ 1).
8.01.4. For each approved engine must still be kept on board to
the following documents or copies thereof:
and the type-approval document),
(b) the engine manufacturer's instructions for) the monitoring components and
parameters of importance to the engine exhaust gases.
8.01.5. The type approval and identification numbers of all the engines that are
installed on board and which are subject to the requirements of Chapter 8
the certificate shall indicate the vessels in paragraph 52 of the number.
8.02. installing the engine
8.02.1. installing the motor is carried out on the instructions of the engine manufacturer
for monitoring components and parameters of engine
regard to the emission of exhaust gases. In the manufacturer's instructions shall be specified
significant in terms of the components of the exhaust gas and also adjustment and
parameters, from which it can be ongoing compliance with emission limit values
exhaust emissions. The instructions of the engine manufacturer shall contain at least the following
information:
and, where appropriate, the type of engine) engine family with their nominal performance and
rated speed;
(b) the list of parts and components) of the parameters of importance to the engine
exhaust emissions;
c) unequivocal information necessary to identify the allowed design
major parts in terms of exhaust emissions (e.g., number of parts
on the construction works);
d) engine parameters significant in terms of exhaust emissions, such as
determining the range for injection timing, allowed the temperature of the cooling water,
maximum allowable exhaust back pressure.
In the case of engines fitted with downstream processing of exhaust system
gas engine manufacturer's guidelines also contain procedures for checking whether
exhaust aftertreatment device effectively works.
8.02.2. When mounting the engines on the vessel shall comply with the limits laid down in
the framework of the type-approval. Vacuum suction and exhaust back pressure plus
must not exceed the values specified for the approved engine.
8.02.3. If engines installed on board belong to one family
engines must not be made any changes to the calibration or adjustment which would
could negatively affect exhaust emissions and particulate pollutants
or that goes beyond the desired range of adjustment.
8.03. Maximum values of pollutant emissions of diesel
engines provided for inland vessels
8.03.1 in the event that propelled inland vessels is
diesel engine, not emissions of pollutants in exhaust gases
shall not exceed the values given in table 1.
Table 1
----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------
The category of a diesel engine: carbon monoxide Total particulate matter
displacement/net power (what) hydrocarbons (PT)
(SV/P) (g/kWh) and nitrogen oxides (g/kWh)
(litres per cylinder/kW) (HC + NO2)
(g/kWh)
----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------
In the 1:1: SV < 0.9 and P > = 37 kW 5.0 7.5 0.40
In a 1:2: 0.9 = < SV < 1.2 5.0 7.2 0.30
In the 1:3: 1.2 2.5 5.0 7.2 0.20 = < SV <
In a 1:4: 2.5 = SV 5 5.0 7.2 0.20 < <
In the 2:1: 5 = SV < 5.0 7.8 0.27 < 15
In the 2:2: 15 = SV 20 and < <
3 300 kW p < 5.0 8.7 0.50
In the 2:3: 15 = < SV < 20 and P > = 3 300 kW 5.0 9.8 0.50
In the 2:4: 20 = 25 5.0 9.8 0.50 < SV <
In 2:11:25 = 30 5.0 11.0 0.50 < SV <
----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------
8.03.2 Maximum permissible values of the pollutants given in the table
1 shall also apply to the auxiliary diesel engines of over 560 kW
installed in vessels.
8.03.3 for auxiliary diesel engines with constant speed category
or variable speed of performance of more than 19 kW and smaller or
equal to 560 kW installed on ships not maximum
values of pollutant emissions in the exhaust gases must not exceed
the values given in table 2.
Table 2
-------------------------------------- -------------------------
The net power of Carbon oxides, hydrocarbons, particulate matter
(P) monoxide (HC), nitrogen (PT)
(kW) (What) (g/kWh) (NOx) (g/kWh)
(g/kWh) (g/kWh)
-------------------------------------- -------------------------
D: = P = 130 < < 560 3.5 1.0 6.0 0.2
E: = 75 P 130 < < 5.0 1.9 6.0 0.3
F: = 37 P 5.0 1.3 7.0 0.4 < < 75
(G): 18 = P 37 5.5 1.5 8.0 0.8 < <
-------------------------------------- -------------------------
Sum of hydrocarbons
and oxides of nitrogen
(HC + NOx)
(g/kWh)
-------------------------------------- -------------------------
H: = P = 130 < < 560 3.5 4.0 0.2
I: = 75 P 130 < < 5.0 4.0 0.2
J: = 37 P 5.0 4.7 0.4 < < 75
To: 19 = P 37 5.5 7.5 0.6 < <
-------------------------------------- -------------------------
8.03.4. in the case of auxiliary diesel engines with variable speed
about the performance of more than 19 kW and smaller or equal to 560 kW, installed in
vessels must not exceed the permissible values of pollutant emissions
in the exhaust gases must not exceed the values given in table 3.
Table 3
-------------------------------------- -------------------------
Category: NET Carbon Hydrocarbons Oxides Particles
the performance of the nitrogen monoxide (HC) (PT)
(P) (CO) (g/kWh) NOx (g/kWh)
(kW) (g/kWh) (g/kWh)
-------------------------------------- -------------------------
L: = P = 130 < < 560 3.5 0.19 2.0 0.025
M: = 75 P 130 < < 5.0 0.19 3.3 0.025
N: 56 = P 75 < < 5.0 0.19 3.3 0.025
-------------------------------------- -------------------------
Sum of hydrocarbons
and oxides of nitrogen
(HC + NOx)
(g/kWh)
-------------------------------------- -------------------------
P: = P 37 56 < < 5.0 4.7 0.025
Q: = P = 130 < < 560 3.5 0.19 0.4 0.025
R: = 56 P 130 < < 5.0 0.19 0.4 0.025
-------------------------------------- -------------------------
8.04. Credits and exemptions
8.04.1 maximum (limit) the emission of pollutants in the
exhaust gases for engines designed to propel by kap.
8.03.1, and maximum permissible value of the emissions of polluting substances in the
the exhaust gases of the auxiliary engines of vessels according to the chapter. 8.03.3 is
not apply to swap engines.
__________________
1) article 4 and the following directive of the European Parliament and of the Council
97/68/EC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the measures
against the emission of gaseous and particulate pollutants from
internal combustion engines for non road mobile machinery, as amended by
Directive 2001/63/EC, Directive 2002/88/EC, Directive 2004/26/EC, directive
2006/105/EC
Chapter 9
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
9.01. General provisions
9.01.1 if there are no special requirements for certain parts of the facility,
level of safety shall be deemed satisfactory if these parts were
manufactured in accordance with the valid European standard or in accordance with the
the requirements of an approved classification society.
9.01.2 on board must be kept with the following documents, which have been duly
bear the imprint of the rectangular stamp of State ferry or
equivalent body of another Member State of the European Union:
and clear the whole schemes) of the electrical equipment;
b) wiring diagrams for main, emergency and distribution switchboard
the most important technical data, e.g.. amperage and rated
current circuit-breakers and drivers;
c) performance data of electrical machinery and equipment;
d) types of cables and wires cross section data.
On vessels without crew is not required to retain these documents must, however,
be available at all times for the owner.
9.01.3 the electrical equipment must ensure faultless functionality in a durable
Tilt up to 15 ° and ambient temperatures from 0 to + 40 ° c and the temperature on board
from-20 ° c to + 40 ° c.
9.01.4 electrical and electronic equipment and appliances shall be fully
accessible and their maintenance must be easy.
9.02 electricity supply systems
accommodate if the vessel is equipped with an electric system, you must have this
at least two sources of energy system, in the event of failure of one source
the second source of energy could power electrical appliances needed for
safe navigation for at least 30 minutes.
9.02.2 Sufficient dimensioning of power supply is necessary to demonstrate power
balance sheets. You can take into account a reasonable factor present.
9.02.3 without regard to the CAP. accommodate a pay Cap. 6.04 for energy source for
steering system (rudder).
9.03 protection against touching, intrusion of solid objects and the ingress of water
the type of minimum protection for the steersman tightly fitted parts must
correspond to the specifications in the table.
------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------
Instead a kind of minimum protection (according to IEC 60529: Publ. 1992)
----------------------------------- -------------------------------------------
Engines, Generators, Transformers, Panels, Mounting Lighting
Cabinets, accessories, equipment
Switches
------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------
Premises, IP IP IP 22 22 22 (2) IP 22 (1) 2) IP IP 44 22
the engine room,
the Department for
steering apparatus
------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------
IP 55 IP 55 holds
cargo spaces
------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------
IP 44 boxes
batteries and
the colors of the u. (Ex) (3)
------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------
The open deck and IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55
control
Habitat
------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------
The wheelhouse IP IP IP 22 22 22 22 22 IP IP
------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------
Accommodation IP 22 IP 20 IP 20
In addition to the spaces
social
equipment and
washing facilities
------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------
Social device IP 44 IP 44 IP 44 IP 44 IP 55
and washrooms
------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------
(1) if the device released great heat: IP 12
(2) if the appliance or panels do not have this type of protection, the
the location must meet the conditions for this kind of protection.
(3) the electrical equipment of the type with the proven safety in accordance with
and) European standards EN 50014:1997; 50015:1998; 49890:2002; 50017:1998;
50018:2000; 50019:2000 and 50020:2002 or
(b) IEC Publication 60079), as amended on 1 January 2005. October 2003.
9.04 protection from explosion
Only non-explosive electrical equipment 9.04.1 can be installed in areas
in which they can accumulate potentially explosive gases or mixtures of gases,
for example. the Department intended for accumulators or the storage of highly flammable
products must be installed in explosion proof electrical equipment. In these
spaces cannot be installed light switches or other electrical
instruments. Explosion protection must take into account the properties of the
potentially explosive gases or mixtures of gases, which may arise
(explosion group, temperature class).
9.05. Protective grounding
9.05.1 Systems with voltage higher than 50 V needs to be earthed.
9.05.2 metal parts, which can be touched and which in the normal course
operation are not under stress, for example. frames and covers engines, instruments and
lighting equipment, shall be earthed separately where they are not in
electrical contact with the hull.
9.05.3 Covers portable electric appliances and portable devices
during normal operation, must be grounded with additional grounding
the wires in the cord. This provision shall not apply in the case of the use of
protective isolation transformer and for the appliance with protective
insulation (double insulation).
9.05.4 cross section of the earthing conductors shall be not less than the value of the
listed in the table below:
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Cross section of the earthing conductors cross-section external Minimum
vodičů -------------------------------------------------
[mm] in isolated cables stored separately
[mm2] [mm2]
-------------------------------------------------------------------
from 0.5 to 4 the same cross section as the 4
the outer conductor
-------------------------------------------------------------------
more than 4 to 16 of the same cross section as the same cross-section for
the outer conductor outer conductor
-------------------------------------------------------------------
more than 16 to 35 16 16
-------------------------------------------------------------------
more than 35 to 120 half-half cross section cross section
the outer conductor outer conductor
-------------------------------------------------------------------
more than 120 70 70
-------------------------------------------------------------------
9.06 maximum permissible voltages.
9.06.1 must not be installed on board a device with voltage higher than
is shown in the table:
------------------------------------ --------------------------------------------
The type of device the highest permissible voltage
--------------------------------------------
Dc Single-phase Three-Phase
AC alternating current
current stream
------------------------------------ --------------------------------------------
and Power and heating equipment) 250 250 500 in in in
including terminals for general use
(b)) Light, communications, command in V-250 250
and information devices including
outlets for general use
(c)) for the power supply of portable
equipment used to
open decks or in
limited or wet
metal enclosed spaces
In addition to the boilers and tanks:
1. General 50 in (1) 50 in (1)-
2. When you use the protective
isolation transformer
for a single device-250 V (2)-
3. when using the device with
the protective insulation (double) 250 in 250 in-
4. when using Jet
pads = < 30 mA-250V 500 in
d) Portable electrical appliances in 250 250 in the 500 in
for example. electrical equipment for
containers, motors, blowers
and mobile pumps, which, during the
traffic is normally not transmitted
and the Guide components
which may occur to the touch,
are grounded using
grounding wires in the
the connecting cable and which
In addition to this grounding wires
are attached to the hull
its location or additional
conductor
e) outlets for portable power 50 in 50 in-
equipment used
in bojlerech and in tanks
------------------------------------ --------------------------------------------
(1) in the case of network voltage with a higher voltage is necessary to use a galvanic
Department (safety transformer).
(2) all poles of the secondary circuit must be insulated from the ground.
9.06.2 by derogation from the kap. 9.06.1 higher voltages are permissible if they are
the necessary safeguard measures are applied:
and) for machinery whose capacity so requires;
(b)) for special on-board equipment, such as radio equipment and
the ignition.
9.07. Distribution systems
9.07.1 for DC and AC are permissible
These distribution systems:
2-wire systems), one of which is earthed (L1/N/PE);
b) single-conductor systems using the principle of reverse management of ship
Hull, only for the local device (such as internal combustion engines, starters
cathodic protection) (L1/PEN);
(c) two-conductor systems insulated from) of the hull (L1/12/PE).
9.07.2 For three-phase alternating current are permitted the following distribution
systems:
and four-wire systems) with a non-zero point principle
reverse hull (L1/12/1/N/PE) = (TN-S Network) or (network
The TT);
(b)) three-wire systems are isolated from the hull (L1/12/13/PE) = (network
It);
(c) three-wire earthed systems) the zero point using the principle
reverse hull, however, are not acceptable for end circuits
(L1/12/13/PEN).
9.07.3 can be used by other systems for similar technical
parameters, and the same level of safety.
9.08. Shore or other external networks
the power cord of the riparian 9.08.1 networks or other external networks to the
the device of the on-board network must have a fixed connection on board
in the form of fixed terminals or fixed outlets. Cable connectors must not be
subjected to tensile loads.
9.08.2 If the supply voltage exceeds 50 V, the hull of the vessel must be
effectively grounded. Ground socket must be marked.
9.08.3 switching devices for the connection shall be arranged so that the
avoid the simultaneous operation of the generator of the on-board network and
coastal energy networks or other external networks. Short-term
parallel operation is enabled during the transition from one system to another without
voltage interruptions.
9.08.4 Connection shall be protected against short-circuit and overload.
9.08.5 on the main switchboard must be installed device indicating,
If the supply voltage of the shore.
9.08.6 control equipment must be installed, so that in
match the polarity of the direct current case and three-phase
AC power phase sequence between the connection and energy networks
the vessel.
9.08.7 Signal table next to the connection shall indicate
and measures required for the connection) shore;
(b)) the type of current and the nominal voltage and frequency of the alternating current.
9.09 Power of another vessel.
9.09.1 Is the electrical energy supplied to other craft, it is necessary to
use separate connections. When you use sockets to power supply
energy on another vessel for rated current greater than 16 A, it is necessary to
use the appliance (e.g. a switch or locking device)
ensures that the connection and disconnection can occur only if there is no
Live cables.
9.09.2 cable connections shall not be subjected to tensile loads.
9.09.3 the provisions of the chapter. 9.08.3 to 9.08.7 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
9.10. Generators and motors
9.10.1 generators and motors and their terminal blocks must be accessible to
inspection, measurements and repairs. Type of protection shall correspond to their location
(see article 9.03).
9.10.2. Generators driven by the main engine, the propeller shaft or
auxiliary unit designated for other purposes must be designed for the range of
the speed of normal operation.
9.11.
9.11.1 accumulators must be accessible and arranged so that the
shift with movements of the vessel. Must not be placed where it would have been
exposed to excessive heat, extreme cold, spray, steam or
vapour. The batteries shall not be installed in the wheelhouse, the accommodation
areas or holds in the cargo holds. This requirement is
does not apply to accumulators for portable devices or batteries
requiring a charging power of less than 0.2 kW.
9.11.2 accumulators requiring a charging power of more than 2.0 kW
(calculated from the maximum charging current and the nominal voltage
battery and taking into account the characteristic charging curve
charging the appliance) must be placed in a special room. If they are
located on the Board, it is sufficient to their conclusion in the closet. Rechargeable batteries
requiring a charging power not exceeding 2 kW may be installed in
a Cabinet or in a box, not only if they are located on the Board, but even under the
deck. They can also be placed in the engine room or in another well
ventilated place, if they are protected against falling objects or
dripping water.
9.11.3 the interiors of all spaces, cabinets, chests, shelving and other
built-in parts intended for batteries must be protected against
harmful effect of the electrolyte.
9.11.4 effective ventilation must be ensured, if the batteries are
installed in a closed compartment, cupboard or chest. Ventilation with
forced air flow must be provided for nickel-cadmium
accumulators requiring a charging power of more than 2 kW and for lead-acid
accumulators requiring a charging power of more than 3 kW. The air must
Enter at the bottom and be discharged at the top to ensure complete
ventilation gases. Ventilation ducts shall not include devices to prevent
the air flow, for example. shut-off valves.
9.11.5 Required air flow rate (Q) is calculated by the following formula:
Q = 0.11. (I). n [m3/h]
where:
I = 1/4 of the maximum current admissible by the charging device (A);
n = number of articles.
For compensatory batteries in energy supply can be
recognized by other methods of calculation taking into account the characteristic charging
the curve of the charging unit if these calculations are based on
the provisions of approved classification societies or of the respective
standards.
9.11.6 if it uses natural ventilation, the cross-section of the channel must be
sufficient for the required air flow rate at the speed of 0.5 m/s must not
be less than 80 cm2 for lead-acid accumulators and less than 120 cm2 for
nickel-cadmium batteries.
9.11.7 when used with forced ventilation airflow must be
fan, the best suction, whose engine is outside the stream of gas
or the air. Fans shall be so designed as to prevent the
the formation of sparks through contact between a blade and the fan casing and the formation of
electrostatic charge.
9.11.8 on doors or covers of compartments, cabinets or chests containing
accumulators must be placed "no symbols of fire and naked flame
smoking "as shown in Figure 2 in Appendix I with a minimum diameter of 10 cm.
9.12. Switching device
9.12.1 electrical switchboards
and Equipment, switches,) fuses and Panel instrumentation must be clearly
organized and easily accessible for maintenance and repair. Outlets for the voltage to
50 V and for voltages greater than 50 V must be separated and properly
marked.
(b)) For all switches and devices must be attached to the panels
nameplates of the circuit. The fuses must be marked with the nominal
stream size and girth.
(c)) if there are devices with an operating voltage exceeding 50 V
the door must be included in these instruments, which are under tension
protected against accidental touch with open door (degree of protection IP 20).
d) materials of switchboards shall have adequate mechanical strength
to be durable, flame-retardant and self-extinguishing; may also
soak up the water and humidity.
(e)) where they are in electrical switchboards, fuses with the big switch-off
capabilities must be available equipment and personal protective equipment to
replacing these fuses.
9.12.2. Switches, protective devices
a) generators and electrical Circuits must be protected against
short circuit and overload on all non-earthed conductors. For this purpose,
can be used for switching devices that are run when a short circuit or overload
or insurance policy. Circuits to power electric motors fuel
units (steering gear) and their control circuits must be protected
only against short circuits. If there are circuits of thermal circuit breakers, must be
neutralised or set at not less than twice the nominal
the size of the stream.
b) outputs from the main switchboard to electric appliances with a size
stream more than 16 A shall be fitted with load or network
the light switch.
c) electrical appliances for the propulsion of the craft, the steering gear,
the rudder position indicator, navigation or safety systems, and
electrical appliances with a nominal size of stream more than 16 and must
be powered by separate circuits. d) Circuits of electrical appliances
required for the propulsion of the vessel and its maneuver must be powered
directly from the main switchboard.
(e)) of equipment must be selected according to the nominal size of the stream,
thermal or dynamic strength and power capacity. The switch must
turn off at the same time all cables under tension. Must be recognisable
the switching position.
f) Fuses must be of the closed type and be made of ceramic or
equivalent material. It shall be possible to replace them without danger to the
the operator.
9.12.3 the measuring and control equipment
and) Circuits generators, accumulators and switchboards shall be provided with a measuring
and control equipment, if required by the safe operation of the device.
(b) non-earthed networks) with voltage exceeding 50 V shall be provided with
ground fault detector issuing Visual and audio warning
signal. For a secondary device, for example. control circuits, this can be
device.
9.12.4 the location of electrical switchboards
and Distributor) must be located in accessible and well-ventilated
spaces and must be protected from water damage or a mechanical
damage. Pipes and ducts shall be so arranged that, in the
case of leakage the switchboards cannot be damaged. If their location
near electrical switchboards is unavoidable, must not have a pipe in the
their detachable connector.
b) Cabinets and niches in the wall, in which are placed the unprotected
switching device must be of a material slowing burning or be
protected by a metal coating or coating other material
slowing combustion.
(c)) where the voltage exceeds 50 V, the operator must be at the front of the
main distribution frame located insulating gratings or mats.
9.13 emergency circuit breakers.
9.13.1 emergency circuit breakers for oil burners, fuel pumps,
fuel separators and engine-room ventilators shall be mounted on the
one place outside the areas in which these devices are located.
9.14. Mounting accessories
9.14.1 cable entries must be sized to the cables that have
connect to, and correspond to the type of cable used.
9.14.2 Sockets for distribution circuits with different voltage or frequency
may not be interchangeable.
9.14.3 switches shall simultaneously switch all ungrounded conductors in
the circuit. In ungrounded systems circuits are enabled single-pole
the switch in the lighting circuits in accommodation in addition to laundry facilities,
bathrooms, washrooms and other damp rooms.
9.14.4 Exceeds the size of the current 16 A socket must be able to
block using the switch, so that the plug can be inserted and
pull out only when the power supply voltage-free contacts.
9.15. The cables
9.15.1 Cables shall be flame-retardant, self-extinguishing and resistant to
the water and oil. In the living quarters can be applied to other types of cables,
If they are effectively protected, slow burning and are flame retardant.
The properties of the electrical cables on the deceleration of combustion must be in
accordance with the
and publications) the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 60332-1:1993
603323:2000 or
9.15.2. The wires of the cables for power and lighting circuits shall have a minimum
conductor cross section 1.5 mm2.
If applicable 9.15.3, the actual Metal, shield or sheaths of cables shall not be
under normal operating conditions, be used as conductors or to Earth.
9.15.4 Metal shielding and sheathing of cables in the power and light
the circuits shall be earthed at least at one end.
9.15.5 conductor cross-section must take into account the maximum permissible
final temperature (current capacity) and permissible voltage drop.
The voltage drop between the main switchboard and nejnevýhodnějším place
device for lighting circuits must not be more than 5% and for power or
the heating circuits of more than 7% in relation to the rated voltage. In so doing,
necessary to take into account the reduced heat permeability u shielded cable
cables in closed long-haul lines.
9.15.6 Cables shall be protected against mechanical damage.
9.15.7 How to attach the cables shall ensure that any load
was within the allowable range.
9.15.8 cables where they pass through bulkheads or decks shall not be
cable grommets adversely affected by mechanical strength,
water resistance and fire resistance of these bulkheads and decks.
9.15.9 terminals and connections all wiring must be made so that the
retained the original electrical, mechanical properties, properties
flame retardant and fire-resistant properties as appropriate. The number of cable
connections must be as low as possible. They can be used for the purposes of repair or
exchanges and, exceptionally, to simplify installation. These requirements for
the cable connections shall be considered satisfied if it is proceeded according to point
3.28 and Annex D of IEC Publication 60092-352:2005.
9.15.10 cables connected to the startup kormidelnám must be sufficiently
flexible and have insulation with sufficient flexibility to-20 ° c and be durable
to steam and vapour, ultraviolet radiation and ozone.
9.16. Lighting appliances
9.16.1 lighting appliances shall be so installed that they emit
heat cannot set fire to nearby inflammable objects or units.
9.16.2 lighting appliances on open decks shall be located
so, not to impede the recognition of navigation lights.
9.16.3 if they are in the engine room or boiler room located two or more
lighting appliances, must be powered at least two different circuits.
This requirement shall also apply to the premises in which they are located
refrigeration equipment, hydraulic equipment, and electric motors.
9.17. Navigation lights
9.17.1 Switchboards for navigation lights shall be installed in the wheelhouse.
Must be supplied by a separate supply from the main switchboard or by two
independent secondary distributions.
9.17.2 navigation lights must be powered separately from the Cabinet for
lighting and separately protected and controlled.
9.17.3 Disorder control apparatus, kap. 6.05.1 shall not adversely
affect the operation of the light that checks.
9.17.4 several lights forming a functional unit and installed
together in the same place, can be powered, control and monitor together.
The control device must detect a malfunction of any of these lights.
In a double light (two lights mounted one above the other or in the same
the housing) may not be possible to use both light sources.
9.18. Alarm and safety systems for mechanical equipment
9.18.1 Alarm and safety systems for the control and protection of
mechanical equipment shall meet the following requirements:
a) warning systems
Warning systems must be designed so that failure warning
the system could cause a malfunction of the device or controlled
device. Binary transmitters shall be designed on the principle of the sleep
stream or the controlled load current. Visual warning
signals must remain visible until the defect has been rectified; warning
the signal, which was taken note of, must be resolvable from the signal
that has not yet been taken note of. Each visual warning signal must
be accompanied by an audible warning signal. Audible warning signals
It must be possible to turn off. To turn off the audible warning signal must not
to avoid that in case of failure from other causes was warning
the signal again. The exception can be enabled on systems that
have less than five measurement points.
b) safety systems
Security systems must be designed so that before reaching the
critical state halt or slow the operation of the device concerned, or
permanently occupied Habitat to the attention of the need to stop or
deceleration device. Binary transmitters shall be designed on
the principle of load current. If safety systems are not designed
so, to check themselves, must be able to control their
the correct function. Safety systems shall be independent of the other
systems.
9.19. Electronic devices
9.19.1 General provisions
The test conditions in chapter. 9.19.2 applies only to electronic
the device, which are necessary for the steering gear and the drive
vessels, including their attachments.
9.19.2. test conditions
and the Stress arising from) the following tests must not cause damage to the
electronic device or malfunction. Tests according to
the relevant international standards, with the exception of the low temperature test
carried out on the device is turned on. These tests include checking the correct
function.
(b)) variations in voltage and frequency
----------------------------------------------------------------
Fluctuations in the
----------------------------------
persistent short-term
----------------------------------------------------------------
In General, the frequency of +/-5%/+ 10%-5 with
voltage +/-10% +/-20% 1.5 s
----------------------------------------------------------------
The operation of the battery voltage of + 30%/-25%
----------------------------------------------------------------
c) thermal test
Equipment under test during the half hour heated to 55 ° c. After
to reach this temperature the temperature is maintained at the same level for 16
hours. Then carry out a function test.
d) test at low temperature
The device shuts off, cools down to-25 ° c and maintain at this
temperature for two hours. Then the temperature increases to 2 ° c and a
the test in functionality.
e) vibration test
The vibration test shall be carried out in all three axes with resonant frequencies
devices or their parts for 90 minutes. If it is not detected
no significant resonance, vibration test shall be carried out at 30 Hz.
The vibration test shall be carried out by sinusoidal oscillation within the following
the emission limit values:
In General:
f = 2.0 to 13.2 Hz; a = +/-1 mm
(amplitude a = 1/2 frequency range)
f = 13.2 Hz to 100 Hz: acceleration of +/-0.7 g.
The device that is to be incorporated into the diesel engines or
steering apparatus, shall be tested as follows:
f = 2.0 to 25 Hz; a = +/-1.6 mm
(amplitude a = 1/2 frequency range)
f = 25 Hz to 100 Hz; acceleration +/-4 g.
Sensors to be installed in the exhaust pipe of the diesel
engines, may be exposed to considerably higher stresses. This is to be
in the tests take into account.
(f) the electromagnetic compatibility) test shall be carried out according to the publications
IEC 61000-4-2:1995, IEC 61000-4-3:2002, IEC 61000-4-4:1995, severity 3.
g) Meet can be demonstrated by the document of the manufacturer.
9.20. Electromagnetic compatibility
9.20.1 electrical and electronic systems must be installed so that
their function was not affected. This can be achieved, in particular,
and disconnecting the transmission paths between) the source of the interference and the devices affected;
(b) reducing the causes of disturbance) at source;
(c) reducing the sensitivity of the affected equipment) to interference.
Chapter 10
EQUIPMENT
10.01 anchor equipment.
Vessels not intended for the carriage of the cargo with the exception of lighters
containers, whose length L does not exceed 40 m, shall be equipped with
bow anchors whose total mass P is obtained using the formula:
P = k. (B). T [kg]
where
k is a coefficient that takes into account the relationship between the
length L and the width B and type of vessel:
L
k = c. the square root of-
8. (B)
the lighters are = (c).
c is an empirical coefficient referred to in the following table:
----------------------------------
Total weight in tons coefficient c
----------------------------------
to 400 45
----------------------------------
over 400 to 650 55
----------------------------------
over 650 to 1 000 65
----------------------------------
over 1 000 70
----------------------------------
For vessels with a total deadweight capacity to 400 t, due to its
the design and intended purpose are only used for the transport of
at predetermined short-haul, might not be compliance with the requirement under
the first sentence is required. These vessels may be equipped with bow
anchors with two thirds of the total mass P.
10.01.2 passenger vessels and vessels not intended for the carriage of goods,
with the exception of pushers shall be equipped with bow anchors
whose total mass P is obtained using the formula:
P = k. (B). T [kg]
where:
k is the coefficient referred to in section 3.4. not, to determine the value
empirical coefficient (c), however, instead of the total load capacity
It's the water displacement in m³ entered in the certificate of the vessel.
10.01.3 the vessels referred to in section 3.4. not whose maximum length
does not exceed 86 m shall be equipped with stern anchors whose total
weight is 25% of the weight of p. Vessels whose maximum length
exceeds 86 m shall be equipped with stern anchors whose total
mass is equal to 50% of the weight calculated in accordance with chapter. or not
10.01.2. is not required for Stern anchors
a) vessels for which the stern anchor mass was less than 150 kg; u
the vessels referred to in section 3.4. the last paragraph is not taken into account
the reduced mass of the anchors;
b) lighters.
10.01.4 vessels designed to firmly lead convoys whose length
does not exceed 86 m shall be equipped with stern anchors whose total
mass is equal to 25% of the maximum mass P calculated in accordance with chapter.
not for the formations (considered to be the ship's unit)
entered in the certificate of the vessel. Vessels designed to conduct tightly bound
reports after the stream whose length exceeds 86 m shall be equipped with
stern anchors whose total mass is equal to 50% of the maximum
mass P calculated in accordance with chapter. not for formations (considered to be
for the marine unit) permitted and entered in the certificate of the vessel.
10.01.5 Weight of anchors determined according to section 3.4. not to 10.01.4 may
for certain special anchors be reduced under the "Administrative instruction No. 7"
set out in Appendix II to annex II Minimum technical requirements applicable to
vessels on inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of Directive
The European Parliament and of the Council 2006/87/EC, laying down technical
requirements for inland waterway vessels and repealing Council directive
82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC,
Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
10.01.6 total mass P specified for bow anchors may be
spread over one or two anchors. It can be reduced by 15% where the vessel is
equipped with only one anchor and anchor steam glide is located
in the middle of the ship. The total mass of stern anchors provided for in
pushers and vessels whose maximum length exceeds 86 m,
can be decomposed into one or two anchors. The mass of the lightest anchor shall not be
less than 45% of the total weight.
10.01.7 of cast iron Anchors are not allowed.
10.01.8 at anchor must be marked in a durable manner, their
the mass of plastic letters.
10.01.9 Anchors weighing more than 50 kg must be fitted with winches.
10.01.10 Chain bow anchors must have a length of at least
and) 40 m for vessels not exceeding 30 m in length;
(b)) about 10 m longer than the length of the vessel, if that is longer than 30 m and
less than 50 m;
(c)) 60 m, where the vessel is longer than 50 m.
The chains back anchors must be at least 40 m long. However, when the vessel
they must stop the downstream must be chains back anchors
at least 60 m long.
10.01.11 minimum tensile strength R of anchor chains shall be calculated according to the
formula:
and with the mass of the anchors) 500 kg:
R = 0.35. P ' [CN];
(b) anchors having a mass from) 500 kg to 2000 kg:
P '-500
R = [0,35 - --------] . P ' [CN];
15 000
c) anchors having a mass of more than 2 000 kg:
R = 0.25. P ' [kN]
where
P ' is the theoretical weight of each anchors calculated according to chap. not to 10.01.4
and 10.01.6.
Tensile strength of anchor chains shall be determined according to the technical standards
valid in the Czech Republic.
If the anchor weight greater than that provided for in chapter IV. not up to
10.01.6., the tensile strength of the anchor chain shall be determined as a function of the actual
the weight of the anchor.
10.01.12 If the Board found harder to anchor with stronger
anchor chains, should be recorded in the certificate of the vessel only the minimum
weight and strength laid down by chapter. not to 10.01.6 and
10.01.11.
10.01.13 fasteners (door knobs) between anchor and chain must
withstand the tensile load about 20% higher than the tensile strength of the competent
the chain.
10.01.14 Instead of anchor chains can be used. The cables shall have the same
tensile strength such as chains, however, must be 20% longer.
10. Other equipment
10.02.1 on Board shall be at least:
a) radiotelephone system;
b) instruments and equipment necessary to issue Visual and sound
signals and for daily and night marking the vessel;
(c)) independent backup light for anchor lights prescribed;
d) marked receptacle with cover to drop our towels
contaminated oil;
e) marked receptacle with cover for storage
dangerous or harmful solid wastes and fireproof marked
collecting tank with cover for storing dangerous or harmful
liquid waste;
f) marked receptacle with cover for storing leftovers.
10.02.2 in addition, facilities include at least
a) steel wire ropes mooring: vessels must be equipped with three uvazovacími
wire ropes.
Their minimum length shall be:
-the first rope: L + 20 m but not more than 100 m,
-the second rope: 2/3 of the first rope,
-the third rope: 1/3 of the first rope.
The shortest rope is required for vessels with a length of L is less than
20 m Rope shall have a tensile strength Rs that is calculated by
formula:
L. B. T
for L. (B). T 1 000 m3: Rs = 60 +------[kN];
10
L. B. T
for L. (B). T more than 1 000 m3: Rs = 150 +-----[kN].
100
For the required ropes must be on board the vessel certificate according to the
the European standard EN 10 204:1991, no. 3.1.
Such steel wire ropes can be replaced with other cables of the same length and strength in
the stroke. The minimum tensile strength these ropes must be listed in the certificate;
b) towing ropes:
Tugs shall be equipped with a corresponding number of lan. The main rope
must be at least 100 m long, and its tensile strength, in kN, must not be
less than one-third of the total power in kW main engine or
engines. Motor vessels and pushers also for towing
must be equipped with at least 100 m long towing rope, whose strength in
tension in kN corresponds to at least one quarter of the total power in kW
the main engine or engines;
(c)) throwing the rope;
(d) a gangway at least) 0.4 m wide and 4 m long, whose side margins
are marked with bright stripes; This bridge is fitted with railings. U
small vessels may be vessel is equipped with a shorter bridge;
e) boat-hook;
f) corresponding to the first-aid kit, the contents of which shall apply mutatis mutandis
the provisions of the special legal regulation ^ 2). First aid kit is stored in
the living space or in the wheelhouse and stored so that it is in the case
easily and safely accessible if necessary. If the boat first aid kit
custody, must be marked with the relevant symbol cover as shown in Figure 8
Appendix I with a side length of at least 10 cm;
g) binoculars 7 x 50, or with a larger diameter lens;
h) instructions to the rescue or revival of persons on board;
I) lamp that can be controlled from the wheelhouse.
10.02.3 for vessels with lateral výskaje 1.50 m above the waterline in the
the unladen mass, must be available for boarding steps or a ladder.
10.03. Portable fire extinguishers
10.03.1 on each of the places listed below shall be at least one portable
fire extinguisher in accordance with European standard EN 3:1996:
a) in the wheelhouse;
b) near each point of access from deck to accommodation;
(c)) in the point of access to any service area not accessible from the
accommodation and in which are installed heating, cooking or
cooling on solid or liquid fuel or a liquefied gas;
(d)) at the entrance to each engine and boiler room;
(e)) at a suitable point below deck in engine rooms and boiler rooms, located
so that from any point in the space has not been the distance to
hasícímu the unit greater than 10 metres.
10.03.2 as regards the portable fire extinguishers in accordance with paragraph 8.1.3.1.
10.03.1, can only be used dry powder fire extinguishers containing at least
6 kg or other portable fire extinguishers of the same fire-fighting performance.
Must be suitable for fires class A, B and C and for fires in electrical
systems up to 1 000 V.
10.03.3 in addition, you can use powder, water or foam fire extinguisher
instruments which are suitable to dispose of such a type of fire
most likely to occur in areas for which the fire extinguisher
the device is intended.
10.03.4 portable fire extinguishers with CO2 as the extinguishing can be used
for the liquidation of fires only in kitchens and electrical devices. The contents of the
These fire extinguishers may not be more than 1 kg per 15 m3 space in
where are the device available for use.
10.03.5 Portable fire extinguishers must be inspected at least once
in two years. The control shall apply mutatis mutandis to the provisions of the Special
law ^ 3).
10.03.6 If the fire equipment placed out of sight, it must be
articles cover, marked with the symbol for fire extinguishers in accordance with
Figure 3 of Appendix I, which has a length of at least 10 cm side.
10.03 and fixed fire-fighting systems to protect accommodation areas, the wheelhouse
and spaces for passengers
10.03 and 1 fire protection in accommodation spaces, wheelhouses and
passenger spaces must be provided only by appropriate
sprinklerovými fire systems with pressurized water as fixed
fire systems. Requirements for sprinkler fire-fighting systems
pressurized water are set out in the "administrative instruction No. 9" referred to in
Appendix II to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the
inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 "directive of the European
Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for
inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in
the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,
Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
10.03 and 2 Incorporation or alteration of these systems must be carried out only
a person having a permission under a special legal regulation ^ 4).
10.03 and 3 System must be made of steel or equivalent
fire-resistant materials.
10.03 and 4 System must be able to spray water on volume of at least 5
l/m2 per minute over the area of the greatest space to be protected.
10.03 and 5 Systems spraying smaller quantities of water shall
comply with the requirements pursuant to IMO resolution A 800(19) or another standard
recognised by the European Commission. Validation of requirements carried out by an approved classification
company or a competent person satisfying the harmonised standards
for the operation of testing laboratories (EN ISO/IEC 17025:2000).
10.03 and 6 System must check the person eligible under the Special
law ^ 5)
and) before commissioning;
(b)) before putting back into operation after launch;
c) after any modification or repair;
d) periodically, at least every two years.
10.03 and 7 during the inspection in accordance with paragraph 8.1.3.1. 10.03 and 6 by ensuring that
system components comply with the requirements of chapter. 10.03. checking and must include at least
and external examination of the whole system);
b) control functionality of safety systems and nozzles;
c) testing of pressure vessels and pumping system.
10.03 and 8 proof of inspections includes
and date)
(b)) the conclusion of inspection and
c) signature of person that has done the tour.
10.03 and 9 the number of installed systems shall be entered in the certificate of the vessel.
10 .03B. fixed fire-fighting system to protect the engine rooms, boiler rooms and machine rooms
pumps
10 .03B 1 extinguishing agents
To protect the engine rooms, boiler rooms and machine rooms of fixed fire-fighting pumps
systems of these extinguishing agents:
and) C02 (carbon dioxide);
(b) HFC 227ea) (heptafluorpropan);
(c) IG-541) (52% nitrogen, 40% argon, 8% carbon dioxide);
d) FK-5-1-12 (dodekafluoro-2-methylpentane-3-one).
Other extinguishing agents on the basis of a statement of the European
of the Commission.
10.03 (b) 2 the ventilation, air intake
a) combustion air for propulsion engines shall not be sucked out of the room,
to be protected with fixed fire systems. This does not apply,
If there are two independent of each other and hermetically separated main
the engine room, or if there is a separate engine room next to the main
the engine room of the drive, to ensure that in case of fire
in the main engine room, the vessel can move under their own power speed
at least 6.5 km/h relative to the water surface so that it is capable of
to achieve and maintain the rotation speed of the vessel 20 °/min, which must be
verified by ferry to the test under the conditions referred to in section 3.4. 3.03 and 3.04.
(b)) draught Ventilation air in the room to be
protected, must be used when starting the fire-fighting system automatically shut down.
(c)) must be provided, with which you can quickly close the
all of the holes, which could in the room to be protected,
breaking the air or gas to escape. Must be clearly
recognizable, whether they are open or closed.
d) Air escaping from the relief valves in the reservoirs
installed in engine rooms shall be evacuated into the open air.
e) Overpressure or underpressure resulting from the supply of extinguishing substances must not
destroy the structural elements of the room to be protected. It must be possible
without any risk of pressure.
f) protected areas must have a device to drain extinguishing agents and
combustion gases. Operation of such devices must be possible from the
outside the protected areas, which is not due to a fire in these areas
inaccessible. If they are installed on board fixed suction device,
It must not be possible to turn these during firefighting.
10. b. 3 fire alarm system
The space to be protected shall be monitored by the appropriate
fire alarm system. Reports of a fire must be evident in the
the wheelhouse, the accommodation and the space to be protected.
The suitability of the fire alarm system must be assessed according to the administrative
Guideline No 17 set out in Appendix II to annex II minimum technical
requirements for vessels on inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3, and
4 "directive of the European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down the
technical requirements for inland waterway vessels and repealing Directive
Council 82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC,
Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
10 .03B. 4 Pipe system
and they are transported to the extinguishing agent) the space to be protected, and here
redistributed using the fixed piping system. Inside the room to be
the pipe must be protected and the relevant fittings made of steel. From
This requirement shall be exempt of the pipeline connecting the tank and expansion
the connection, if the materials used have equivalent in case of fire
the properties of the. The pipeline must be inside and outside protected against corrosion.
(b)) the output nozzle must be sized and arranged so that the extinguishing agent
was agent is evenly distributed. Extinguisher must be effective even under the floor
the boards.
10 .03B. 5 startup device
and) fire-fighting system with automatic startup are not permitted.
(b)) must be able to start the fire system of suitable habitat outside of the
the space to be protected.
c) boot device must be mounted so that their control
It was possible even in case of fire, and that in case of damage by fire or
the explosion in the space to be protected, it could still be transported
the necessary quantity of extinguishing agent. Nemechanická boot device must be
powered from two different, independent energy sources. These
the power source must be located outside the space to be protected.
Control cable in the room to be protected shall be designed so as
in order to remain functional, even in case of fire for at least 30 minutes. In
If the power lead is this requirement is met, if this
management complies with IEC 60331-21:1999. If the boot device
placed out of sight must be items that covering them, marked
the symbol "fire apparatus" as shown in Figure 6 of Appendix I to this annex,
which has a length of at least 10 cm side and the text drawn up by a red
lettering on a white background:
"Fire-extinguishing equipment
Feuerlöscheinrichtung
Installation dextinction
Brandblusinstallatie
Fire-fighting installation ".
(d)) Has a fire-fighting system to protect several rooms, must be the boot
device for each room a separate and clearly identified.
e) next to each of the boot device must be displayed
the indelible user manual in the English language and in one of the languages
the Member States of the European Union. User manual contains in particular guidelines
about
AA) run the fire-fighting system;
BB) the need to check that the space to be protected, have left the
all persons;
CC) action to be taken by the crew in case of starting fire
system and in the case of entry into protected area after running or
full, especially with regard to the possible presence of hazardous substances;
DD) action to be taken by the crew in the event of fire
the system.
f) instructions for use must contain the warning that before starting the fire
systems of internal combustion engines must be stopped with the intake of air from the
the room to be protected.
10. b. 6 warning system
Fixed fire-fighting systems) must bear acoustic and optical
warning systems.
b) warning system will switch off automatically as soon as the fire-fighting system
running. The warning signal shall sound for a reasonable period of time prior to the
release the extinguishing agent and may not be able to turn it off.
c) warning signals shall be clearly visible in the areas
to be protected, and approaches to these spaces and must be
hear even under operating conditions, in which experiencing
the maximum noise. Must be clearly distinguishable from other
acoustic and visual signals in the room to be protected.
d) Acoustic warning signals shall be clearly audible in the surrounding
areas even if they are closed by connecting door, and under the operating
the conditions, in which experiencing noise.
(e)) if he does not control its own warning system short circuit, wire break and
voltage drop, it must be possible to check its correct functioning.
(f)) for each entry into the space, which can be fed using extinguisher
must be placed clearly visible sticker that says done
red lettering on a white background:
"Watch out, fire extinguishing device!
Leave the area as soon as a warning signal.
Vorsicht, Feuerlöscheinrichtung!
Bei Ertönen des Warnsignals (Beschreibung des Signals) den Raum sofort
verlassen!
Attention, installation ďextinction ďincendie!
Quitter immédiatement ce local au signal (description du signal)
Years, brandblusinstallatie op!
Bij het in werking treden van het alarmsignaal (omschrijving van het
signaal ruimte onmiddellijk verlaten dèze,)!
Warning, fire-fighting installation!
Leave the room as soon as the warning signal sounds (description of
signal) ".
10 .03B. 7 pressure vessels, fittings and pressure management
a) pressure vessels, fittings and pressure lines must be in accordance with the
requirements for specific legislation. 6)
(b)) the pressure vessel must be installed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
c) pressure vessels, fittings and pressure lines shall not be located in the
the living quarters.
d) temperature in cabinets and assembly areas where there are pressure vessels
located, must not exceed 50 ° c.
e) Cabinets or mounting areas on board must be securely fastened and
have ventilation openings that are arranged so that in the event of a leak
pressure vessel to vessel could not escape the gas. Direct connections to
the other spaces are not permitted.
10 .03B. 8 quantity of extinguishing agent
If the quantity of extinguishing agent is intended to protect more than one room, may not
be the total quantity available is greater than the quantity of extinguishing agent required
for the greatest space to be protected.
10 .03B. 9 installation, inspection and documentation
and can install or System) rebuild the only person authorized by
special legal regulation ^ 7) for the exercise of those activities. Must be
compliance with the requirements laid down by the manufacturer of the extinguishing agent and producer of fire-fighting system
(product data sheet, safety data sheet).
(b)) System must check the person eligible under a special legal
prescription ^ 6)
AA) before commissioning;
BB) before putting back into operation after launch;
CC) after any modification or repair;
DD) regularly, at least every two years.
(c) during the inspection, shall be checked), whether the system meets the requirements of chapter
10.
(d)) the tour includes at least
AA) external examination of the whole system;
BB) pipeline leak test;
CC) function test and startup control systems;
DD) pressure vessels and their contents;
EE) check of the tightness and the device to close the area to be
protected;
FF) inspection of fire alarm system;
Gg) check of the warning system.
(e)) shall be dispatched, proof of inspection made that contains
the result of the inspection, the date and signature of the person who has done the tour.
f) number of fixed fire systems shall be entered in the certificate of the vessel.
10. b. 10 CO2 fire-fighting systems
Fire-fighting systems using CO2 as an extinguishing cartridge must in addition to the requirements of the
According to the chapter. 10 .03B 1. up to 10 .03B. 9 meet the following provisions:
and) the CO2 must be stored outside the space to be protected in
space or Cabinet hermetically separated from the other areas. The door to the
These space and cabinets shall open outwards, must be
lockable and bear the symbol "on the outside of the General
danger "as shown in Figure 4 of Appendix I, which is at least 5 cm high,
together with marking "CO2" in the same color and with the same height.
(b) premises used for the storage of containers) with CO2, which is located below the deck, you must
be accessible only from the outside. These spaces shall be provided with its own
adequate artificial ventilation with exhaust pipes; This ventilation system
must be completely independent of the other ventilation systems on board.
(c)) the CO2 shall not be filled to more than 0.75 kg/l. Specific volume
the uncompressed gas CO2 is 0.56 m3/kg.
(d)) the volume of CO2 for the space to be protected shall be not less than 40%
its gross volume. It must be possible to release this volume to 120 seconds, and
check whether to release has occurred. e) Open the valves of receptacles and Waitstaff
the inflation valve must be provided by separate control operations.
f) a reasonable period referred to in section 3.4. 10 .03B. 6 (a). (b)) is at least 20
seconds. There must be a reliable device to ensure the delay before
transport of CO2.
10 .03B. 11 fire-fighting system with HFC-227ea
Fire-fighting systems using HFC 227ea as extinguishing cartridge must in addition
requirements referred to in section 3.4. 10 .03B 1 to 10 .03B. 9 meet the following provisions:
and) in order to be protected by some space with a different gross volume, must be
each room equipped with its own fire-fighting system.
b) HFC 227ea container with one that is installed in a space that has
to be protected shall be fitted with a valve to release the pressure. This must
without the risk of release the contents of the container into the space to be protected,
If the container is exposed to the effects of fire and fire-fighting system has not been
running.
c) each container shall be fitted with a device for checking the gas pressure.
(d)) container must not be performing more than 1.15 kg/l. Specific volume
the uncompressed HFC 227ea is 0.1374 m3/kg.
(e) the volume of HFC 227ea) for the space to be protected shall be at least
8% of the gross volume of the space. This volume shall be supplied within 10
seconds.
(f) HFC 227ea containers) must be provided with a device to monitor the pressure
in the case of an unacceptable loss of propellant gas triggers an audible and
a visual warning signal in the wheelhouse. If there is no wheelhouse,
warning signal must be given outside the space to be protected.
(g)) After flooding, the concentration in the space, not to be protected, be
more than 10.5%.
h) fire-fighting system must not contain components made of aluminium.
10 .03B. 12 fire-fighting system with IG-541
Fire-fighting systems using IG-541 fire-extinguishing cartridge must in addition
requirements referred to in section 3.4. 10 .03B 1 to 10 .03B. 9 meet the following provisions:
and) in order to be protected by some space with a different gross volume, must be
each room equipped with its own fire-fighting system.
b) each container with IG-541, that is installed in a space that is to be
protected shall be fitted with a valve to release the pressure. This must, without
the risk of release the contents of the container into the space to be protected if
the container is exposed to the effects of fire and fire-fighting system has not been started.
c) each container shall be fitted with devices to check the contents.
(d) the Filling pressure of the container shall not) at + 15 ° c shall not exceed 200 bar.
(e)) the volume of IG-541 for the space to be protected shall be at least 44
% and not more than 50% of the gross volume of the space. This volume shall be
released to 120 seconds.
10 .03B. 13 FK-5-1-12-fire-fighting system
Fire-fighting systems for FK-5-1-12 as extinguishing shall, in addition to the requirements of
Kap. 10 .03B 1 to 10 .03B. 9 meet the following provisions:
and) in order to be protected by several space with different volumes, each must be
room equipped with its own fire-fighting system;
(b) Each with the stock) FK-5-1-12, which is installed in the area, which has
be protected, must be provided with a safety relief valve to release pressure.
The safety relief valve must release the contents of the stack without danger to the
the room to be protected, if the stack is exposed to
the fire and the fire-fighting system has not been started;
c) each tank must be equipped with a device for checking the gas pressure.
d) Trays must not be filled to more than 1.00 kg/l. specific volume
the uncompressed FK-5-1-12 is 0.0719 m3/kg;
(e)) the volume of the uncompressed FK-5-1-12 for the space to be protected shall
be at least 5.5% of the gross volume of the space. Fill the space must be
implemented in 10 s;
f) Stacks FK-5-1-12 must be provided with a device to monitor the pressure
in the case of an unacceptable loss of filling starts acoustic and
Visual alarm in the wheelhouse. If it is not on board the wheelhouse, the alarm
the signal must be run out of the room to be protected;
g) protected area is full, the FK-5-1-12, may not be the concentration of
FK-5-1-12 in this space more than 10%.
10.03 c. Fixed fire-fighting systems to protect objects
10.03 c. 1 Fixed fire-fighting systems to protect objects are only permissible
after consultation of the European Commission.
10.04 ship's boats.
which the following vessels shall be equipped with the ship's boat by
the European standard EN 1914:1997:
a) motor vessels and barges with deadweight over 1501;
b) tugs and pusher craft with a displacement of water more than 150 m3;
c) floating equipment;
d) passenger ships.
10.04.2 it must be possible to ship's boat is launched into the water safely one
person within 5 minutes after the start of the first required manual operation. If
is used to run the water machinery must be such that the
in the event of failure of the power supply has not been prevented safely and quickly
run to the water.
10.04.3 Inflatable ship's boats shall be checked in accordance with the instructions
manufacturer.
10.05. Lifebuoys and vests
10.05.1 on ships must be at least three lifebuoys
According to the European standard EN 14144:2002. They must be ready to use and
mounted on a Board at the appropriate places, but shall not be fastened to the
the mounts. At least one lifebuoy shall be placed in the immediate
vicinity of the wheelhouse and fitted with automatic battery switch
powered light that goes out in the water.
10.05.2 in range of each person regularly on board must be
personal, automatically inflatable lifejacket in accordance with European standards EN
395:1998, EN 396:1998 to EN ISO 12402-3:2006 and EN ISO 12402-4 ", 2006. For
children are also allowed non-inflatable life vests that meet
the requirements referred to in the first sentence.
10.05.3 life-jackets shall be checked in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
____________
2) size first aid kits (III). referred to in point 2 of the annex No 14 of Decree No.
341/2002 Coll., on the approval of the technical competence and the technical
the conditions of operation of vehicles on the road, as amended by
amended.
3) section 9 of Decree No. 246/2001 Coll., on the determination of the conditions of the fire
the safety and performance of State Fire supervision (Decree on fire
Prevention), as amended.
4) Act No. 455/1991 Coll., on trades (trade licensing
Act), as amended.
5) section 11 of Act No. 133/1985 Coll., on fire protection, as amended
regulations.
6) Government Regulation No. 26/2003, laying down technical requirements for
pressure equipment, as amended. Government Regulation No.
42/2003 Coll., laying down the requirements for the transportable pressure
equipment, as amended.
7) Act No. 455/1991 Coll., on trades (trade licensing
Act), as amended.
Chapter 11
SAFETY IN THE WORKPLACE
11.01. General provisions
11.01.1 vessels shall be built, arranged and equipped in order to
These people can work and move about safely.
11.01.2 fixed installations on ships, which are necessary for the work must
be furnished, positioned and secured so that their operation, use,
and maintenance of safe and easy. If necessary, it must be portable
or hot elements equipped with protective devices.
11.02. protection before the fall
11.02.1 Deck and side deck must be straight and not on them
find the place on which it would be possible to fall over; It must not be on them
create puddles.
11.02.2 decks, side decks, engine-room floors, landings, stairways
the staircase and the top of the side-deck bollards must be non-slip.
11.02.3 top of side-deck bollards and any obstacles in
passes, for example. the edges of steps, shall be marked with the color
contrasting with the surrounding decks.
11.02.4 the outer edges of decks and workplaces from which persons may fall
from a height of more than 1 metre, shall be fitted with a handrail or silos with a height of
at least 0.70 m or rail in accordance with European standard EN 711:1995, which
consists of a handrail, the rods of the knees and the protection profile at the foot
the rail. Side decks shall be fitted with a protective profile at the foot
railings and a continuous handrail, which is fixed to the silo. The handrail on the silo
are not required, if the side deck equipped with a handrail on the side of the ship,
that cannot be folded down.
11.02.5 in the workplace with a risk of falling from a height of more than 1 m can be
appropriate equipment and facilities required to secure work, if it is
necessary for the safety of the work.
11. Dimensions of working stations
the headroom in the workplace must be of such dimensions as to all persons on the
them work, an adequate freedom of movement.
11.04 side decks.
11.04.1 clear width of side-decks must be not less than 0.60 m. On some
places that are necessary for the operation of the vessel, for example. hydrants to
washing the deck, this value can be reduced to 0.50 m at bollards and oporek
It can be reduced to 0.40 m.
11.04.2 to a height of 0.90 m above the side deck can be a clear width of the side
decks reduced to 0.54 m provided that the clear width above that, between the outer
the edge of the hull and the inner edge of the hold of the cost
space, not less than 0.65 m. In this case, the clear width of the side
decks reduced to 0.50 m if the outer edge of the side deck equipped with a
rail in accordance with European standard EN 711:1995 as protection against falling. U
vessels with a length of 55 m with living area just aft
the railing be waived.
11.04.3 the requirements of the chapter. 11.04.1 and 11.04.2 are valid for up to a height of 2.00 m above the
the side deck.
11.05. access to the workplace
11.05.1 Approaches and passes, which is used to move persons or objects
must be sufficiently large and so arranged that the
and before the input openings is) sufficient space to allow for
unimpeded movement;
(b) the clear width of the passageway) corresponds to the purpose of the site, and is not less than
0.60 m, except vessels less than 8 m wide, on which the width may be
reduced to 0.50 m;
c) ground clearance pass including coaming is not less than 1.90 m.
11.05.2 arrangement of the doors must be such that they can be safely
opened and closed from either side. Doors must be protected against
accidental opening and closing.
11.05.3 Accesses, exits and passageways with a difference in height of floors more
than 0.50 m must be fitted with appropriate stairs, ladders or steps shall be installed.
11.05.4 the workplace, which are permanently occupied, shall be
stairs, if the difference in the height of floors larger than 1.00 m. This requirement
does not apply to emergency exits.
11.05.5 for vessels with cargo holds rooms must have at least
at each end of the cargo bay solid means to ensure
access. By way of derogation from the first sentence are not fixed means to ensure
access must, if they provide at least two portable ladders
long to at least three rungs above the oesophageal forces, if they are
ladders, inclined at an angle of 60 ° to the horizontal plane.
11.06. Exits and emergency exits
11.06.1 number, arrangement and dimensions of exits, including emergency exits, must
correspond to the purpose and dimensions of the relevant space. If one of the exits
the safe must be clearly marked as such.
11.06.2 exits or Windows, or the covers of skylights to be used
as emergency exits must have a clear opening of at least 0.36 m2 and
the smallest dimension must be at least 0.50 m.
11.07 ladders, climbing-irons and similar devices
11.07.1 stairs and ladders must be securely fastened. The stairs must be
at least 0.60 m wide and the clear width between handrails shall be not less than
0.60 m; step height shall not be less than 0.15 m; degree must have
non-slip surfaces and stairs with more than three must
be provided with handrails.
11.07.2 ladders and separately attached rungs shall have a clear width of
not less than 0.30 m; the maximum distance between rungs is 0.30 m
the distance between the rungs and structures shall be not less than 0.15 m.
11.07.3 ladders and separately attached rungs must be visible from above and
above the emergency openings must be equipped with safety handles.
11.07.4 Portable ladders must be at least 0.40 m wide and 0.50 m
Base; must ensure that the nepřevrátily or nesklouzly; rungs
must be securely fastened in the sidewalls.
11.08 interior spaces.
11.08.1 Dimensions, equipment and internal layout of workplaces must
match the work to be performed and must meet the health
and safety requirements. Shall be adequately illuminated, non-dazzling
light and well ventilated. If necessary, shall be provided with
heating equipment to maintain the appropriate temperature.
11.08.2 Floors of indoor workplaces must be solid and durable, and
designed to prevent slipping and falling. Openings in decks or
floors must be, when open, provided with protection against falling and
Windows and skylights must be so arranged and fitted that they can be
serviced and cleaned without risk.
11.09. protection against noise and vibration
11.09.1 the workplace must be located, equipped and designed that
crew members are not exposed to harmful vibrations.
11.09.2 permanent working stations must be so designed
manner and must be proofed to the health and safety of members of the
the crew were not at risk from noise.
11.09.3 for crew members, who will probably every day
exposed to noise exceeding 85 dB (A), must be available
individual acoustic protection devices. In the workplace, on the
where the noise level exceeds 90 dB (A), shall be required to use
protective noise resources suggested by the Use
protective noise means "at least 10 cm in diameter, as shown in Figure
7 in Appendix i. noise measurement is carried out according to the "Administrative instruction No. 5"
set out in Appendix II to annex II Minimum technical requirements applicable to
vessels on inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of Directive
The European Parliament and of the Council 2006/87/EC, laying down technical
requirements for inland waterway vessels and repealing Council directive
82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC,
Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
11.10. Hatch covers
11.10.1 hatch covers shall be easily accessible and of handling must
be safe. Hatch covers parts weighing more than 40 kg shall be
designed to move or rotate, or must be equipped with
mechanical means for lifting. Hatch covers operated by
the Jack must be equipped with adequate and easily accessible attachment
resources. Hatch covers and their rafters that are not interchangeable, must
be clearly marked to indicate to which it belongs, and jícnům
their correct position on the vents.
11.10.2 hatch covers shall be secured against tilting wind or
bucket. Sliding covers shall be equipped with záchytkami, which
prevent accidental horizontal movement of more than 0.40 m; must
be capable of being locked in the end position. For mounting on stacked
hatch covers must be available to the appropriate resources.
11.10.3 Power mechanically operated hatch covers must be after the release of
the control switches off automatically.
11.10.4 hatch covers shall withstand a load that can be assumed;
walkable hatch covers must withstand at least 75 kg point load. Covers
hatches that are not designed as a walkable, as such, must be
marked. Hatch covers that are designed to save the ship's cargo,
must be marked with the permissible load in t/m2. If they are to achieve
the maximum permitted load of the necessary support, it must be in an appropriate
place indicated; in this case, must be kept on board the
plans.
11.11. Winches
11.11.1 Winches shall be designed so as to be able to perform the work
safely. Must be equipped with means to prevent the inadvertent
the release of the cargo. Winches that do not lock automatically braking, must be with
regard to its pulling force equipped with adequate brakes.
11.11.2 the Winches on the manual drive must be equipped with a device that
avoid back-stroke crank. The winches on the mechanical and manual drive must be
designed to drive could not be put into motion
drive.
11.12. Cranes
11.12.1 Cranes shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements laid down
special legislation ^ 8). The forces that arise when their
must be safely transmitted to the vessel's structure, must not
compromise its stability.
11.12.2 The cranes must be mounted with the manufacturer with these data:
and the name and address of the manufacturer);
(b)) the CE marking, indicating the year of manufacture;
(c) designation of series or type);
(d) where appropriate, the serial number).
11.12.3 On cranes must be easily legible manner in a durable manner
indicated by the maximum permissible load. For cranes, whose nominal
load capacity not exceeding 2 000 kg, it is sufficient if the crane easily
legible manner durably nominal load at maximum
Showdown.
11.12.4 protective devices must be installed, in order to avoid
danger of crushing or pinching. The external components of the crane must
have from all surrounding objects safety distance 0.5 m
up, down and sideways. Outside the workplace, and passes the safety
the distance to the sides is not required.
11.12.5 power driven Cranes must be secured against
unauthorized use. It must be possible to turn them on only from the control
crane. Control must be the automatic returning (buttons
without samodržného involvement); must be clearly recognizable direction
control. In case of failure of the actuator must not load an uncontrolled fall. Is
avoid accidental movements of the crane. The movement of the lifting gear up
and exceeding the rated capacity shall be limited by suitable means.
The movement of the lifting gear down must be limited, if you
When you deploy the intended operating conditions are on the drum
less than two cable windings. After you run the automatic device limitation devices
It must still be possible corresponding counter movement. The strength of lan
for moving the burden must match five times the maximum
the load on the rope. The construction must be without defects and must be suitable for
use on cranes.
11.12.6 before first being put into service or before putting back into
after substantial editing is necessary to establish the appropriate strength and
stability calculations and load tests. If Nepřekračuj
crane 2 000 kg, proof by calculation may be partially
or completely replace test with a load equal to 1.25 times the
rated capacity carried out throughout the operating range. Acceptance
the test referred to in the first or second sentence makes an expert on lifting
device recognized by State ferry Administration (hereinafter "inspector designated
technical equipment ").
11.12.7 Cranes must be periodically and in any case at least every
twelve months of inspection carried out by a competent expert
by the inspection body. During this check, the safe
the operational status of the crane shall determine by Visual inspection and control functionality.
11.12.8 at least every ten years following the acceptance test must be
Crane again examined by the inspector designated by the technical equipment.
11.12.9 cranes with load capacity higher than nominal 2 000 kg or cranes,
which are used for transhipment or which are mounted on board
jacks, pontoons or other floating vessels, machinery or work
In addition, must meet the requirements for the specified technical equipment
lifting.
11.12.10 for all cranes on board must be at least the following
documents:
and) manufacturer's instructions manual of the crane, including at least the following information:
working range and function of the controls;
the maximum permissible nominal load by unloading crane;
the maximum inclination of the crane;
instructions for installation and maintenance;
instructions concerning regular checks;
General technical data.
(b)) a certificate of the tests conducted by the chapter. 11.12.6 to 11.12.8 or
11.12.9.
11.13. the storage of flammable liquids
11.13.1 The storage of flammable liquids with a flashpoint below 55 ° c
on board must be ventilated cabinet of fire-resistant material. On
the outside of the Cabinet must be the symbol of the "ban on open
fire and smoke "with a diameter of 10 cm, as shown in Figure 2 in Appendix I to the
of this annex.
_________
8) Government Regulation No. 24/2003 Coll., laying down the requirements for the
machinery, as amended.
Chapter 12
LIVING SPACES
12.01. General provisions
out of the vessel must have accommodation for the persons that are usually
are on board, but at least for the minimum crew.
12.01.2 accommodation shall be so designed, arranged and fitted out,
to satisfy the needs of those on board in terms of health, safety
and comfort. Must have safe and easy access and be insulated against
heat and cold.
compliance with the conditions laid down in Chapter 12.01.3. 12 may not be required,
If there are health and safety of persons on board the vessel secured in other
the resources that provide the same level of protection.
12.01.4 any restrictions on the daily operating time of the vessel and the type of operation
resulting from the kap. 12.01.3. shall be entered in the certificate of the vessel.
12.02. the specific requirements for the construction
12.02.1 accommodation shall be possible to ventilate adequately even when closed
the doorway; In addition, you must have sufficient common room daily
light and if possible allow views out.
12.02.2 the accommodation must be accessible by the stairs, unless
access to deck level and the height difference is more than 0.30 m.
12.02.3 in front of the vessel no floor shall be not less than 1.20 m
below the plane of maximum draught line.
12.02.4 Lounge and bedroom must have at least two exits,
that are away from each other as much as possible both within and serving as a
escape routes. One exit may be designed as an emergency exit.
It does not apply to room, whose exit leads directly to the Board or
the corridor, which serves as an escape route if the two corridor from each other
the remote exits that lead to port and starboard. Emergency exits,
they may even be skylights and Windows, shall have a clear opening of at least
0.36 m2 and the smallest dimension must be at least 0.50 m and in the case of an emergency
must allow rapid evacuation. Insulation and cladding of escape routes shall
be of flame-retardant materials and applicability of the escape routes must
at all times be ensured by appropriate means, such as. ladders or
separate rungs.
12.02.5 accommodation must be protected from unacceptable noise and
vibration. The sound level shall not exceed
and) 70 dB(a) in communal living quarters;
(b)) 60 dB (A) in the bedrooms. This provision shall not apply to vessels
operating exclusively outside of the rest of the crew. Restrictions on the
operation only by day, recorded in the certificate of the vessel.
The noise measurement shall be carried out according to the "Administrative instruction No. 5" set out in Appendix
(II) to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the
inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 "directive of the European
Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for
inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in
the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,
Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
12.02.6 headroom in the accommodation shall be not less than 2.00 m.
12.02.7 vessels have at least one living room separate from
the sleeping quarters.
12.02.8 floor area available function rooms shall not be less
than 2 m2 per person, and in no case less than a total of 8 m2 (
not including furniture, except tables and chairs).
12.02.9 Cubic contents of each room in the residential area, and
the bedrooms must be not less than 7 M3.
12.02.10 volume of air per person shall be in private residential
rooms at least 3.5 m3. In the bedrooms must be not less than 5 m3 for
the first occupant and at least 3 m³ for each additional residents (with
does not include the volume of furniture). The bedroom if possible, must not be intended
For more than two people. Berths must not be less than 0.30 m above the floor.
Where one berth is placed over another, the headroom above each berth
shall be not less than 0.60 m.
12.02.11 Door must have an opening whose upper edge is at least 1.90 m above
deck or above the floor and the clear width is at least 0.60 m.
The prescribed height can be achieved by using the sliding or folding covers
or hatches. The door must be able to open from both sides towards the outside.
Coamings shall not be greater than 0.40 m.
12.02.12 Stairs must be firmly fastened and viable without danger. For
such are considered, if
and they are not less than 0.60) m;
(b)) is the least height 0.15 m;
c) degrees are non-slip;
d) stairs with more than three degrees are equipped with at least one handrail or
handle.
12.02.13 Pipe head of dangerous gases or liquids, in particular
the pipeline under a lot of pressure, so that the leak could harm the
the person must not be in the accommodation or in corridors leading
to living spaces. It does not apply to steam pipes and pipelines
hydraulic systems, if they are stored in metal chráničkách, and for
pipe liquefied gas installations for domestic use.
12.03. Sanitary facilities
12.03.1 for vessels with accommodation must be available
at least the following facilities:
and one toilet per) a room or per six crew members; It must be
be possible to ventilate the fresh air,
(b)) one wash basin with waste pipe connected up to hot and cold
potable water per accommodation unit or per four crew members,
c) one bath or shower connected up to hot and cold potable water per
a room or per six crew members.
12.03.2 sanitary facilities must be in close proximity to the accommodation.
Toilets shall not have direct access to galleys, canteens or combination of
the common room and kitchen.
12.03.3 Lavatories must have at least 1 m2 of floor space, must be
not less than 0.75 m wide and 1.10 m long. The toilets in the cabins for a maximum of
two persons may be smaller. If there is a sink in the bathroom or
shower floor area must be increased to at least about floor space
the washbasin or shower (or bath).
12.04. Kitchen
12.04.1 Cuisines can be combined with living rooms.
12.04.2 Kitchen shall be provided with
and the stove);
(b)) with the sink waste;
(c)) the supply of drinking water;
d) a refrigerator;
e) sufficient storage and working space.
12.04.3 dining area a combination of cuisine and meeting rooms must be
large enough for the number of crew members, which it commonly used
at the same time. The seats are wide at least 0.60 m.
12.05. Drinking water
12.05.1 vessels with accommodation must be fitted with a device on the
drinking water. The filler orifices for potable water tanks and hoses with drinking
water must be marked as being intended exclusively for potable water.
Filling piping for potable water must be placed above the deck.
12.05.2 potable water installations
and internal surfaces) must be made of a material that is resistant to
corrosion and poses no physiological danger;
(b)) must not contain pipe sections where it is not possible to provide a regular
the flow of water, and
(c)) be protected against excessive heating.
12.05.3 in addition to paragraph 2 must be potable water tanks
and the volume of at least 150) to have the l to each person, which is typically located on the
Board, but at least on every Member of the minimum crew;
(b)) have a suitable, lockable opening, to be inside to clean;
(c) be fitted with a levels);
(d)) have vent pipes that lead into the open air, or
be equipped with the appropriate filters.
12.05.4 potable water tanks shall not have common walls with other
tanks. Potable water pipes must not pass through tanks containing
other liquids. The link between the system of drinking water supply and other
pipe systems is prohibited. The head of the pipeline gas or other liquid
than water must not pass through potable water tanks.
12.05.5 Pressure tank for potable water must operate only with cylinders
with compressed air. If the compressed air produced by means of compressors,
must be directly in front of the pressurized tanks placed appropriate air filters and
oil separators, unless the water and the air are separated by diaphragms.
12.06. Heating and ventilation
12.06.1 accommodation spaces shall be possible to heat accommodation in accordance with their
the purpose of. The heating device must correspond to the climatic conditions, which
may occur.
12.06.2 Living and sleeping room shall be possible to ventilate adequately even when
with the door closed. Ventilation must in all weather conditions
to ensure adequate air circulation.
12.06.3 accommodation must be arranged and decorated so that it
as far as possible prevent the penetration of polluted air from other
Department vessels, for example. engine rooms or holds in a cost
space; When used with forced ventilation airflow must be
input ventilation ducts located so as to comply with the abovementioned
requirements.
12.07. other equipment of the accommodation.
12.07.1 each crew member living on Board shall have separate
bed and a separate clothes locker fitted with a lock. Internal dimensions
beds must be not less than 2.00 x 0.90 m.
12.07.2 must be provided with appropriate facilities for storing and drying
working clothes, but not in the bedrooms.
12.07.3 All accommodation must be equipped with an electric
lighting. Replacement or emergency gas lamps on the liquid
fuel can only be used in communal living quarters. Lighting
equipment for liquid fuel shall be made of metal and is available in them
only use fuel having a flashpoint of more than 55 ° c or commercial
kerosene. Must be located or fixed so that there is no danger
fire.
Chapter 13
FUEL HEATING, COOKING AND REFRIGERATION
13.01. General provisions
13.01.1 liquefied gas intended for the heating, cooking and refrigeration
must meet the requirements of Chapter 14.
13.01.2 heating, cooking and refrigeration, including accessories, must
be made and positioned so that it is not dangerous even in the case of
overheating. It must be located so that it cannot accidentally knocked over or
move.
13.01.3 equipment referred to in section 3.4. 13.01.2 must not be in areas in
which they are used or stored substances with a flash-point up to 55 ° c.
Those areas may not browse any ventilation pipe these
device.
13.01.4 must be a sufficient supply of air for combustion.
13.01.5 heating equipment must be securely attached to the ventilation
the pipeline, the pipeline must be equipped with appropriate guards or devices,
that provides protection from the wind. The ventilation pipe must be
arranged so as to allow cleaning.
13.02. use of liquid fuels, kerosene
13.02.1 heating, cooking and cooling, which uses liquid
the fuel can be used only with fuels whose flashpoint is above 55
° C.
13.02.2 by derogation from the kap. 13.02.1 can be in the accommodation and wheelhouse
enable a device for cooking, heating and cooling equipped with burners with Wicks
working on commercial paraffin oil, if the contents of the fuel tank does not exceed
12 liters.
13.02.3 equipment fitted with burners with Wicks shall
and) have a metal fuel tank whose filling aperture can be closed and that
the highest level of performance is not under any soft solder joints and that is
designed and positioned in such a way that the fuel tank could not be unintentionally
Open or empty;
(b)) to be able to smoke without using another liquid fuel;
(c)) be located so as to ensure the safe evacuation of combustion
gases.
13.03. Diesel stove with odpařovacími burners and oil heating equipment with
spray fuel burners
13.03.1 Diesel stove with odpařovacími burners and oil heating equipment with
burners with a spray of fuel must be constructed in accordance with
best practices.
13.03.2 If the diesel stove with odpařovacími burners or oil heating
devices with fuel spray burners placed in the engine room, they must
be air supply to heating equipment and engines so arranged that
the heating appliance and the engines can function independently and effectively
safely. As necessary must be provided a separate air supply.
The device must be so placed that the flame from the burner could not hit
other equipment in the engine room.
13.04. Diesel stove with odpařovacími burners
13.04.1 Diesel stove with odpařovacími must be able to ignite the burners without
the assistance of another combustible liquid. Must be placed above the metal odkapovou
the vessel, which includes all parts of a fuel whose sides
There are at least 20 mm high and at least 2 litres capacity.
13.04.2 for diesel stove with odpařovacími burners located in the engine room
must be the sides of a metal drip containers referred to in paragraph 1 at least 200
mm high. The bottom edge of the burner through the evaporation must be located above the
edge of the drip Bowl. The upper edge of the drip container must extend at least
100 mm above the floor.
13.04.3 Diesel stove with odpařovacími burners must be equipped with appropriate
the regulator, which ensures virtually all settings of the Standing
the supply of fuel to the burner and which prevents spillage when the flame
fuel. Appropriate shall be regarded as controllers that work effectively in
the case, if they are subjected to vibration and inclined up to 12 °, and that in addition
a Board to regulate levels have
and) the second float which safely and reliably stops the fuel supply
when exceeding the levels, or
(b) the overflow pipe), but only if the container is odkapová
sufficient volume to capture at least the contents of the fuel tank.
13.04.4 If the fuel tank of diesel stove with odpařovacími burners
separate from the device,
and between the tank and the incline of the) power supply to the burner must not exceed the value shown
in the instruction manual supplied by the manufacturer;
(b)) must be located so as to be protected from excessive
by heating;
c) it shall be possible to interrupt the flow of the fuel from the deck.
13.04.5 the ventilation pipe diesel stove with odpařovacími burners must
be fitted with a device to prevent draught inversion.
13.05. Oil heating equipment with a spray of fuel burners
13.05.1 Oil heating equipment with burners with fuel spray jet must
meet the following requirements:
and) before fuel is to ensure adequate ventilation of the burner;
(b)) the fuel supply shall be regulated by a thermostat;
c) fuel must be ignited by an electric device or ignition
flame;
(d)) when the flame stops the flame monitoring devices for the supply of
fuel;
(e)) the main switch must be located in an easily accessible location off the
the area in which the establishment is located.
13.06. Heating equipment-draught
13.06.1 heating equipment-draught consisting of internal combustion
the Chamber, which is kept under pressure heating air to power system
or in a room, you must meet the following requirements:
and if the fuel) is rozprašováno under the pressure of combustion must be
the air using a fan.
(b)) of the burner before igniting the combustion chamber must be well vyvětrána.
Ventilation can be considered good if the combustion air fan
works even after the extinction of the flames.
(c)) the fuel supply shall be automatically stopped
-If the fire goes out; combustion air supply is not sufficient;
-the heated air exceeds a preset temperature or
-power failure occurs, the safety devices.
In these cases, it may not be the fuel supply is stopped automatically
restored.
d) combustion and heating air Fans must be able to shut down
outside the space in which the appliance is located.
(e)) where heating the air sucked in from the outside, the input ventilation ducts shall be
placed as high as possible above the deck. Must be mounted so that the
they couldn't get a rain or water spray.
f) heating air pipes must be made of metal.
(g) the heating air outlet openings) may not be possible to completely close.
h) leaking fuel must not get into the heating air pipes.
I) for heating appliances forced-draught shall not be possible to make in the
heating air from the engine room.
13.07. solid fuel Heating
13.07.1 device to solid fuel heating must be placed on the
metal plate with raised edges, so that no burning fuel or hot
cinders fall out outside of this Board. This requirement does not apply
the device is placed in wards built of fire-resistant
the materials, which are used exclusively for the location of the boilers.
13.07.2 solid fuel boiler must be fitted with thermostatic controls
to regulate the flow of combustion air.
13.07.3 in the vicinity of each heating appliance must be placed
a means by which cinders can be quickly doused.
Chapter 14
LIQUEFIED GAS INSTALLATIONS FOR DOMESTIC USE
14.01. General provisions
14.01.1 liquefied gas installation consists of a supply unit
involving one or more gas tanks and one or more
pressure regulators, a distribution system and a number of gas-consuming appliances.
Spare and empty tanks, which are not located in the supply unit
are not considered part of the device. Subject to the CAP. 14.05.
14.01.2 devices can only be run on a commercial propane-butane.
14.02. Device
14.02.1 liquefied gas installations must be suitable for use
propane-butane, must be built and installed in accordance with best
procedures.
14.02.2 liquefied gas installation may be used only for home
purposes in the accommodation and the wheelhouse and the passenger ships
appropriate purposes.
14.02.3 on board can be a number of separate devices. Individual
the device must not be used to serve accommodation areas separated by a
intended to carry the cargo space or a fixed tank.
14.02.4 in the engine room shall be located no part
liquefied gas.
14.03. Tank
14.03.1 are only allowed the tank to the approved content of between 5 and 35
kg. For passenger vessels, the Commission may authorise the use of tanks with a larger
the contents of the.
14.03.2 tanks shall bear the official stamp certifying that they have been
took over after the necessary tests.
14.04. Position and arrangement of supply units
14.04.1 supply unit must be placed on board in a freely
standing or wall cupboard located outside the accommodation area, so that
does not preclude movement on board. Must not be placed in the fore or aft
bulwark. The cupboard may be a wall cupboard set into the superstructure provided that it is
gas-tight and can be opened outwards must be placed
so that the distribution pipes leading to the appliances have been as short as possible.
At the same time can work only tank so much, how many are necessary for
the functioning of the device. More tanks can be connected only, if
reverse the linker. On one supply unit you can connect up to four
the tank. The number of receptacles on board, including spare receptacles, shall not exceed the
six to one device. For passenger vessels with galleys or canteens for
passengers can connect up to six tanks and the number of receptacles on board,
including spare, shall not exceed nine on the one device. Regulators
pressure, or in the case of two-stage regulation of the first controller, it must be
attached to the wall in the same cupboard as the tank.
14.04.2 supply unit must be positioned so that any
leaking gas may be evacuated from the cupboard without any risk that
It may penetrate inside the vessel or come into contact with a source of flame.
14.04.3 Cabinets shall be constructed of fire-resistant materials and must
be adequately ventilated by openings at the top and bottom. The tank must be placed
in the box vertically so that they cannot overturn.
14.04.4 Boxes shall be designed and positioned so that the temperature of the
receptacles cannot exceed 50 ° c.
14.04.5 to the outside of the Cabinet must be affixed in the inscription "liquefied
gas "and the" prohibition of open flames and smoking "with a diameter of at least 100
mm as shown in Figure 2 in Appendix 1 to this annex.
14.05 spare and empty the tank.
14.05.1 spare and empty tanks, which are not located in the supply
the unit must be stored outside the accommodation and the wheelhouse in a cupboard
made by chapter. 14.04.
14.06 pressure regulators.
14.06.1 gas-consuming appliances may be connected to the tanks only the distribution
running with one or more pressure regulators designed to reduce pressure
gas at the working pressure. The pressure can be reduced in one or in two
stages. All pressure regulators must still be set to the pressure
specified by the chapter. 14.07.
14.06.2 End pressure regulators shall be either fitted with or immediately
followed by a device to protect the pipe automatically against excess
pressure in the event of a malfunctioning of the pressure regulator. It must be ensured that the
in the case of a leak of this protective device is leaking gas can be
drafted into the open air without any risk that could
penetrate inside the vessel or come into contact with an ignition source; they rode
necessary, shall be provided for this purpose a special pipe.
14.06.3 protection devices and vents shall be protected against
the ingress of water.
14.07. Pressure
14.07.1 are used, the two-tier regulatory system, must not be
medium pressure above atmospheric pressure by more than 2.5 bar.
14.07.2 pressure at the outlet from the last pressure regulator must be
tolerance of 10% 0.05 bar above atmospheric pressure.
14.08 Piping and flexible tubes.
14.08.1 Piping shall consist of fixed steel or copper
tubes. The pipeline associated with the appliances must, however, be of the high-pressure
flexible tubes or spiral tubes suitable for propane.
Gas-consuming appliances, if not permanently affixed, can be connected
by means of suitable flexible tubes not more than 1 m.
14.08.2 pipe must withstand any stresses, in particular as regards
corrosion and strength, which may occur under normal operating
conditions on board, and their characteristics and layout must be
such that they ensure a satisfactory flow of gas to the gas-consuming appliances
at the appropriate pressure.
14.08.3 pipes must have as few joints as possible. Both pipes and joints must
be gastight and shall remain without gas-protective vibration or
expansion to which they may be exposed.
14.08.4 pipes must be readily accessible, properly fixed and protected at
all places where they might be subject to impact or friction, particularly in
where they pass through steel bulkheads or metal walls. The entire
the outer surface of steel pipes must be protikorozně modified.
14.08.5 flexible pipes and their joints shall be able to withstand any
stresses which may occur under normal operating conditions on
Board. Must be located so as to avoid tension, their
excessive overheating and that they can be inspected over their entire length.
14.09. Distribution System
14.09.1 the whole distribution system must be possible to disconnect the valve that is
easily and quickly accessible.
14.09.2 Each gas-consuming appliance must be supplied by a separate branch of
the distribution system, and each branch shall be controlled by a separate
closing device.
14.09.3 Valves shall be fitted at points where they are
protected from the weather and from impact.
14.09.4 each pressure regulator control connection must exist.
Using a closing device must ensure that the pressure regulator
When the pressure test is not subjected to the test pressure.
14.10. Gas-consuming appliances and their location
14.10.1 the only appliances that may be installed are propane-butane
appliances approved in one of the Member States of the European Union and
equipped with devices that effectively prevent the escape of gas in the case of
flame in case of extinction of the ignition of the burner.
14.10.2 the appliance must be located and connected so that they cannot
randomly flip or move, and to avoid the risk of torsion
the connection pipes.
15.10.3 heaters and water heaters and refrigerators must be linked to
ventilation for evacuation of combustion gases into the open air.
14.10.4 location of gas-consuming appliances in the wheelhouse is permitted only
If the wheelhouse is so constructed that the discharged gas
into the lower parts of the vessel, in particular through the control
leading to the engine room.
14.10.5 gas-consuming appliances may be installed in sleeping areas
only if combustion takes place independently of the air in the
spaces.
14.10.6 gas-consuming appliances in which combustion depends on the air in
the rooms in which they are placed, you can place a sufficiently large
rooms.
14.11 ventilation and evacuation of combustion gases
14.11.1 in rooms containing gas-consuming appliances in which combustion
depends on the ambient air, the supply must be assured of fresh air
and evacuation of combustion gases escape through the ventilation apertures of adequate dimensions with
light at least 150 cm2 cross-section on every hole.
14.11.2 the ventilation apertures shall not have any closing device and shall not lead
in the bedrooms.
14.11.3 evacuation devices shall be designed to ensure
safe evacuation of combustion gases. Must be reliable and
fireproof. Their operation must not be influenced by artificial ventilation.
14.12. The operational and safety requirements
14.12.1 operating instructions shall be affixed on board in a suitable
place. Must contain at least the following information:
"The valves of receptacles which are not connected to the distribution system must be
closed, even if the tanks are considered to be blank. "
"Flexible pipes must be changed as soon as their condition so requires."
"All gas appliances must be connected or the connection
the pipe shall be sealed. "
14.13. Technical inspection
14.13.1 before putting the device into service on liquefied gas, after
any modification or repair and on every renewal confirmation
eligibility under chapter. 2. must be an approved
the designated supervisor of the technical equipment on board or similar
an expert from another country community. During the acceptance test,
indicator of the device in accordance with the requirements of this chapter 14 and for passenger vessels
In addition, it verifies that a valid certificate is available on inspection, which
confirms correct installation of the equipment for gas alarm system according to the
Kap. 15.15.9.
14.14.
Equipment tests shall be carried out under the following conditions:
14.14.1 medium-pressure pipes between the closing device referred to in section 3.4.
14.09.4 of the first pressure regulator, and the valves fitted before the end
pressure regulator:
a) pressure test carried out with air, an inert gas or a liquid,
at a pressure 20 bar above atmospheric pressure;
b) tightness test, carried out with air or an inert gas at a pressure of
3.5 bar above atmospheric pressure.
14.14.2 Pipes at a working pressure between the closing device referred to
in the chapter. 14.09.4 stand-alone or end pressure regulator and
the valves fitted before the gas-consuming appliances: tightness test
carried out with air or an inert gas at a pressure of 1 bar above
atmospheric pressure.
14.14.3 pipes between the closing device referred to in section 3.4. 14.09.4
stand-alone or end pressure regulator and controls
gas appliances: tightness test at a pressure of 0.15 bar
above atmospheric pressure.
14.14.4 When tested as specified in section 3.4. 14.14.1 (b). (b)) and kap. 14.14.2 and
14.14.3 is pipeline considered to be gas-tight, if not after the expiry time
needed to offset the pressure recorded during the next 10 minutes
the drop in the test pressure.
14.14.5 Connections of the tanks, pipe joints and connections of valves issued
the pressure in the tanks, and the connections between the regulators and the distribution pipe:
tightness test, carried out with a foaming substance, at the operating pressure.
14.14.6 all gas appliances must be placed in service in
nominal capacity and tested in order to verify satisfactory and
uninterrupted burning at different settings of regulatory elements. U
ignition fuse box must be checked to ensure that they operate satisfactorily.
14.14.7 after the test referred to in section 3.4. 14.14.6 must be for each
gas-consuming appliance connected to a flue, whether, after five minutes
operation at the nominal capacity, sealed the Windows and doors and with
fans in operation do not penetrate into the room with any of the smoke gases
over the air intake.
14.15. confirmation of eligibility
14.15.1 after performing acceptance testing according to section 3.4. 14.13 records
The State ferry to manage the certificate of the vessel that the liquefied
gas corresponds to the requirements of this chapter, and shall indicate the period of validity of
the record, but no longer than three years.
14.15.2 record can only be resumed after further acceptance test
made pursuant to section 3.4. 14.13. At the request of the vessel owner or his
authorised representative can be without making the acceptance tests referred to in section 3.4.
14.13 extend the validity of the record of the longest for three months.
Chapter 15
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PASSENGER SHIPS
15.01. General provisions
15.01.1 for passenger ships, the following provisions do not apply:
and) chap. 3.02.1 (b). (b));
(b)), chap. 4.01 to 4.03;
c) chap. 8.08.2 sentence 2 and chap. 8.08.7;
(d)), chap. 9.14.3 sentence 2 for rated voltage above 50 V.
15.01.2 on passenger ships are disabled the following devices:
and lamp on) liquefied gas or liquid fuel according to chap. 12.07.3;
(b)) the oil stove with odpařovacími burners according to chap. 13.04;
c) solid fuel heating appliances referred to in section 3.4. 13.07;
d) device with knotovými burners according to chap. 13.02.2 and 13.02.3 and
e) liquefied gas installations referred to in chapter 14.
15.01.3 for the carriage of passengers, the vessel cannot be approved without
self propelled. It does not apply to ferries ships.
15.01.4 on passenger ships must be spaces for persons with reduced
mobility according to chapter 15. The method of application of the provisions of the
the safety needs of people with reduced mobility according to chapter.
15.06.3 to 15.06.5, 15.06.9, 15.06.13, 15.06.17, 15.06.10, 15.08.3,
15.10.3 and 15.13.1 to 15.13.4 is laid down by the administrative guideline No 22
set out in Appendix II to annex II Minimum technical requirements applicable to
vessels on inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 of Directive
The European Parliament and of the Council 2006/87/EC, laying down technical
requirements for inland waterway vessels and repealing Council directive
82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC,
Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
If the application of the provisions of chapter 15, which take into account the specific
the needs of persons with reduced mobility, difficult in practice or associated with
locally, may not be required to comply with the requirements of chapter
15, provided that this is in accordance with the decision of the European Commission.
These derogations shall be entered in the certificate of the vessel.
15.02 vessels ' Hulls.
15.02.1 during regular inspections, the thickness of the outside plating
of steel passenger vessels shall be as follows:
and the minimum thickness tmin) of dna, and the sides of the outer hull of the bilge plates
passenger vessels shall be determined according to the higher values of formulas:
t1min = 0.006. and. the square root of T [mm];
t2min = f. the square root of 0.55 L WL [mm],
In these formulae:
f = 1 + 0.0013. (a-500);
a = longitudinal or transverse Frame spacing [mm] if the pitch
ribs less than 400 mm, use a = 400 mm;
(b)) the minimum value determined pursuant to subparagraph (a)) may not be in the thickness of the
plating achieved if the permissible value was established and certified by the
the basis of the calculations for the sufficient strength (longitudinal, lateral and local)
of the hull.
(c)) in any place outside plating shall be calculated according to the
(a)), or (b)), less than 3 mm.
(d)) must be made of the Exchange, if the thickness of the bottom, bilge plates
or hips is below the minimum value determined pursuant to subparagraph (a)), or
(b)) in conjunction with the letter c).
15.02.2 the number and location of bulkheads shall be chosen so that in the case of
the flooding of the vessel was capable of remaining afloat by kap. 15.03.7 up
15.03.13. Each part of the internal structure which affects the efficiency of the
Division of the vessel, shall be watertight and constructed so that the
maintain the completeness of the Division.
15.02.3 the distance between the collision bulkhead and the forward perpendicular shall be
at least 0.04 LWL and not more than 0.04 LWL + 2 m.
15.02.4 transverse bulkhead may be fitted with a niche, if all
part of this peak is located in the safe area.
15.02.5 bulkheads, which are taken into account in the calculation of stability in the
damaged by kap. 15.03.7 to 15.03.13, it must be waterproof and
must be installed up to the bulkhead deck. If the vessel is not
equipped with a bulkhead deck, these bulkheads shall extend to a maximum of 20 cm
above the margin line.
15.02.6 the number of openings in bulkheads referred to in section 3.4. 15.02.5 must be
the smallest according to the type of construction and normal operation of the vessel. Holes and
passages must not have an adverse effect on the watertight function of the bulkheads.
15.02.7 Collision bulkheads shall have no openings and doors.
15.02.8 Bulkheads according to chap. 15.02.5 separating the engine rooms from the space for
the passenger or the living space for the crew and the ship's staff may not have the
No door.
15.02.9 manually operated doors without remote control in bulkheads referred to in
Kap. 15.02.5 are allowed only in areas in which they do not have
passenger access. Must meet the following requirements:
and) must be permanently closed and may be open only briefly for
the purpose of the passage;
(b)) must be fitted with suitable devices to enable their rapid
and safe closing;
c) on both sides must bear the inscription: "after passing through the door immediately
close ".
15.02.10 doors in bulkheads referred to in section 3.4. 15.02.5 that are open
in the long term, it must meet the following requirements:
and they may be) must close on both sides of the bulkhead and from easy
available space above the bulkhead deck.
(b)) after the closing by remote control the door again, it must be possible to
place open and close safely. Closing the door shall not hinder the carpets,
protective profiles, foot rails or other obstructions.
(c) the time needed for remote) closure of the doors must be at least 30 and
a maximum of 60 seconds.
(d)) during the closing of the door must be issued an automatic acoustic
the hazard warning signal.
e) door drive and alarm shall operate independently of the
energy supply. In place of the remote control must be
a device that indicates whether the door is open or closed.
15.02.11 doors in bulkheads referred to in section 3.4. 15.02.5 and their controls must
be located in the safe area.
15.02.12 in the wheelhouse must be alert system that
indicates which of the doors in bulkheads referred to in section 3.4. 15.02.5 are
the open.
15.02.13 The pipes and ventilation ducts shall be so fitted that
in the event of possible flooding being inundated more areas
or the tank.
and if several) Department openly connected by piping or ventilation
channels must be pipes and channels in the appropriate place decorated with over
vodorysku corresponding to the worst possible flooding.
(b)) pipe may not meet the requirement under subparagraph (a)), if the pipeline in
places where it passes through the bulkheads, fitted with a closing device, which
can be remotely controlled from a point above the bulkhead deck.
(c)) if the pipe system in the Department of open outlet, you can pipe in the
the case of damage to the Department be considered intact if it is conducted
in a secure area and is located at a distance of more than 0.50 m from
the bottom of the vessel.
15.02.14 remote control OTC doors referred to in paragraph 7.16.
15.02.10 and shut-off devices according to chap. 15.02.13 (e). (b))
the bulkhead deck shall be clearly marked as such.
15.02.15 in the case of the double bottom shall be not less than 0.60 m height, and
If the side of double width must be at least 0.60 m.
15.02.16 the Windows can be placed below the margin line,
If they are watertight, cannot be opened, are strong enough and
correspond to the chapter. 15.06.14. These requirements are considered to be fulfilled,
If the structure watertight window meets the following provisions.
and must be used only) toughened glass conforming to ISO 614,
published in April 1994.
(b)) Round window must comply with the standard ISO 1751, published in April 1994,
B-series: the window for a medium-size load, type: neotevírací window.
c) Square of the window must comply with the standard ISO 3903, published in April 1994,
E-series: the window for large loads, type: neotevírací window.
(d) meeting the ISO standard) of the window you can replace Windows, whose construction is
at least equivalent to the requirements set out in points (a) to (c)).)
15.03. stability
15.03.1 On the basis of the results obtained from the application of the standards for stability
in the intact condition must be shown that the stability of the vessel in
intact is adequate. All calculations shall be carried out without the inclination of the
and sinkage. Data for the empty vessel, which are used for
stability must be established nakláněcím test.
15.03.2 the intact Stability shall be demonstrated for these
standard load conditions:
and at the beginning of the voyage):
passengers 100% fuel and fresh water, 98% waste water 10%;
(b)) during the voyage:
100% passengers, fuel and fresh water, 50% waste water, 50%;
(c)) at the end of the voyage:
passengers 100% fuel and fresh water, 10% waste water 98%;
d) unladen vessel:
no passengers, fuel and fresh water, 10%, no waste water.
For all standard load conditions, the ballast tanks must
be considered under normal operating conditions for empty or full.
In addition, it is necessary to request kap. 15.03.3 (e). (d)) prove for this
the load condition: 100% passengers, fuel and fresh water, 50% waste
water 50%, all other tanks for liquid (including ballast water)
be considered filled to 50%.
15.03.3 meet the requirement of an adequate intact stability
shall be demonstrated by calculation using the following definitions of stability
in the intact condition and the standard load conditions according to chap. 15.03.2
(a). a) to (d)):
and the maximum arm stability) hmax shall occur at an angle of inclination
fímax > = (fímax + 3 °) and must not be less than 0.20 m. in case < fíf
fímax, however, must not be in righting lever of the angle of flooding, fíf
less than 0.20 m,
(b) the angle of flooding, fíf) must not be less than (fímom + 3 °)
c) space and under the curve of righting lever and for the values of the fíf fímax
be at least the following values:
--------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
Case And
--------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
1 fímax = 15 ° or 0.05 < URm.rad up to angles of fímax
or fíf
fíf = < 15 °
--------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
2 15 ° to 30 ° < fímax < for jmax = 0.035 + 0.001 < fíf. (30-for jmax) URm.rad to an angle fímax-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------3 15 ° < fíf < 30 ° for jmax > fíf 0.035 + 0.001. (30-fíf)
URm.rad angle fíf
--------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
4 fímax > = 30 ° and Phi = fíf > 30 ° angle PHI 0.035 URm.rad = 30 °
--------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
where
Hmax is the maximum righting
Phi is the heeling angle
fíf is the angle of flooding, i.e.. tilt angle, which would
holes in the hull, superstructures or cabins on the
upper deck, which cannot be closed so as to be
weatherproof, were submerged
fímom is the maximum tilt angle (a). (e))
fímax is the angle of tilt, in which the arm reaches stability
maximum values
And it is the area under the curve of righting.
(d)) the initial metacentric height, GMO, corrected by the effect of the free surfaces
in tanks for liquids, shall be not less than 0.15 m;
(e)) in both the following cases, the heeling angle shall not exceed fímom
12 °
AA) when using the heeling moment due to wind and by persons
Kap. 15.03.4 and 15.03.5;
BB) when using the heeling moment due to persons and turning according to
Kap. 15.03.4 and 15.03.6;
(f)) for the heeling moment due to passengers, wind and turning according to
Kap. 15.03.4, 15.03.5 and 15.03.6 the residual freeboard shall not be less than
200 mm;
g) for vessels with Windows or other openings in the hull located below the
the bulkhead decks that are enclosed in a watertight manner, must be
the residual safety clearance when using the three heeling moments
referred to in subparagraph (f)) of at least 100 mm.
15.03.4 overturning moment due to crowding of people on one side of the
calculated according to the formula:
Mp = g. P. y = g. Summa Pi. Yi [kNm]
where
P = total mass of persons on board in [t], calculated by summing the highest
permitted number of passengers and the highest number of shipboard personnel and crew
under normal operating conditions, assuming the average weight per
person 0.075 t
y = lateral distance between the Centre of gravity of the total weight of persons P from centre line in [m]
g = acceleration of gravity (g = 9.81 m/s2)
PI = the mass of the people crouched on the desktop in Ai [t]
PI = ni. 0.075. AI [t]
where
AI = the area where persons in [m²]
NI = number of persons per square metre
her 4 for free deck areas and deck areas with a portable
furniture; for deck areas with fixed built-in
seating furniture, for example. benches, ni shall be calculated
assuming the width of 0.50 m and height of the seat
seat 0.75 m per person.
yi = lateral distance of geometrical centre of area Ai from Centre
the plane in the [m]
The calculation is made for the gathering of people on the starboard and port side.
The layout of the people must be the least favorable in terms of stability. When
calculate the moment people will assume that the cabins are unoccupied. For
calculation of load cases, it is considered that the Centre of gravity of the person is 1 m above the
the lowest point of the deck at 0.5 L WL (half the length of the waterline)
While not taking into account the curvature of the deck, and it is assumed the weight of the
0.075 t per person. From the detailed calculation of marine areas that are
occupied by persons, may be omitted in cases where these values:
P = 1.1. FMAX. 0.075 to cruise passenger ships
1.5. FMAX. 0.075 for cabin vessels
where
FMAX = maximum permitted number of passengers on board
y = B/2 in [m]
15.03.5 Overturning moment due to wind pressure (Mw) is calculated as follows:
MW = pw. AW. (lw + T/2) [kNm]
where
PW = the specific wind pressure 0.25 kN/m2;
AW = lateral plane of the vessel above the waterline according to the considered
load conditions in m2;
LW = distance Center of gravity of the lateral plane AW from the plane of draught according to the
the considered loading condition in m.
15.03.6 Moment due to centrifugal force (Mdr), caused by the turning of the
the vessel shall be calculated as follows:
MDR = cdr. CB. v2. D/LWL. (KG-T/2) [kNm]
where:
CDR = coefficient of 0.45;
CB = block coefficient (if not known, assumed to be 1.0);
v = maximum speed of the vessel in m/s;
KG = distance between the Centre of gravity and the plane of the keel in the m.
For passenger vessels with propulsion systems according to chap. 5.06 Mdr infers from
testing in full scale or model tests or else from
the corresponding calculations.
15.03.7 Reasonable stability in the compromised State in case
flooding can be demonstrated by calculation method based on the loss of buoyancy.
All calculations are performed without trim and sinkage.
15.03.8 Buoyancy of the vessel when the flooding shall be proven for
standard load conditions mentioned in chap. mathematical proof of 15.03.2.
sufficient stability shall be established for the three intermediate stages of flooding (25%, 50% and
75% of the final flooding) and for the final stage of flooding.
15.03.9 passenger ships shall comply with the status 1 Department and status 2
the Department. When flooding will take into account these prerequisites, as regards
extent of the damage:
status 1 2 Department status Department
---------------------------------------------------------------------
The extent of damage to the side of the
---------------------------------------------------------------------
longitudinal l [m] 0.10. LWL, but not 0.05. LWL, but not
less than 4.00 m less than 2.25 m
---------------------------------------------------------------------
transverse b [m] B/5 0.59
---------------------------------------------------------------------
vertical h [m] from the bottom upwards without limit
---------------------------------------------------------------------
The extent of dna damage
---------------------------------------------------------------------
longitudinal l [m] 0.10. LWL, but not 0.05. LWL, but not
less than 4.00 m less than 2.25 m
---------------------------------------------------------------------
transverse b [m] B/5
---------------------------------------------------------------------
vertical h [m], pipe mounted by 0.59
Kap. 15.02.13 (e). (c)) can be considered
for undamaged
---------------------------------------------------------------------
and) for status 1 bulkheads can be regarded as a Department intact, if
the distance between two adjacent bulkheads is greater than the damage length.
Longitudinal bulkheads at a distance shorter than B/3 from shell,
measured perpendicular to the central plane of the vessel in the plane of
maximum draught for the purposes of the calculation, not taken into account.
(b)) for status 2 Department of each partition in the extent of damage shall be deemed to
as broken. This means that the location of bulkheads shall be selected so that
ensure that the passenger vessel is after flooding of two or more adjacent
in the longitudinal direction of the Department continue to be able to fly.
(c)) the lowest point of each nevodotěsného opening (e.g. doors, Windows,
access hatchways) shall lie at least 0.10 m above the damaged waterline
State. The bulkhead deck shall not be immersed in the final flooding.
d) permeability is assumed to be 95%. If it is established that the calculation
the average permeability of any compartment is less than 95%, you can use the
the calculated value. Taken values must not be less than:
Meeting/Banquet Facilities 95%
Engine and boiler rooms 85%
Luggage and store rooms 75%
Double bottoms, oil fuel and other tanks
Depending on where the
in accordance with its intended purpose
a vessel floating in the plane
draught at full
or empty 0 or 95%
e) if damage of a smaller amount than indicated above, raises
more detrimental effects with respect to tilt or loss of metacentric
height, it is necessary to build on this in the calculation of the damage.
15.03.10 for all intermediate stages of flooding referred to in section 3.4. 15.03.8 must be
the following criteria are met:
and (j) the heeling angle) the equilibrium position of the intermediate stages of flooding
must not be greater than 15 °;
(b)) above the tilt in the equilibrium position of the intermediate stages of flooding shall
the positive part of the curve of the lever arm torque value return report
righting lever GZ = > 0.02 m until the immersion
the first unprotected opening or until it reaches the heeling angle PHI
25 °;
(c)) non-watertight openings shall not be immersed until it was achieved
the tilt in the equilibrium position of the intermediate stages of flooding.
(d) calculation of the effect of free surface) in damages must be left
based on the gross surface area of damaged compartments.
15.03.11 During the final degrees of flooding must be taking into account the
the heeling moments according to chap. 15.03.4 fulfilled the following criteria:
a) tilt angle fíE, shall not exceed 10 °;
(b) the equilibrium position) over the positive part of the righting lever curve
report the value of righting GZR > = 0.02 m areas and > = 0.0025
URm.rad.
The minimum values of stability shall be met until the immersion
the first unprotected opening or in any case before reaching the angle of
fím = the heeling < 25 °;
(c)) non-watertight openings shall not be immersed before the equilibrium
position; If those holes before the immersion by this point, it is
for the purposes of calculating the necessary stability in the compromised State to consider spaces
to allow access for the flooded.
15.03.12 shut-off devices that can be closed watertight shall be
appropriately marked.
15.03.13 if there are openings for cross flooding to reduce the
unsymmetrical flooding shall meet the following conditions
and to calculate the cross flooding) applies IMO resolution 266 (VIII);
(b)) must work themselves;
(c)) shall be fitted with closing devices;
(d)) the total period of compensation shall not exceed 15 minutes.
15.04. The safety clearance and freeboard
15.04.1 the safety distance must correspond to at least the sum of the
and 15.03(3)(e)), which, measured on the outside plating, is
the permissible heeling angle according to chap. 15.03.3 (b). (e)), and
(b)) the remaining safety distance according to chap. 15.03.3 (e). (g)).
For vessels without a bulkhead deck, the safety clearance must be
at least 500 mm.
15.04.2 the freeboard must correspond to at least the sum of the
and 15.03(3)(e)), which, measured on the outside plating, is
the heeling angle according to the chapter. 15.03.3 (e). (e)), and
(b) the residual freeboard according to) chap. 15.03.3 (e). (f)).
However, the freeboard shall be at least 300 mm.
15.04.3 the plane of maximum draught line must be laid down so that the
compliance with the safety clearance according to chap. 15.04.1 and freeboard
According to the chapter. 15.04.2 and chapter. 15.02 and 15.03.
15.04.4 for safety reasons can be determined, greater security
distance or greater freeboard.
15.05 maximum permitted number of passengers.
15.05.1 maximum permitted number of passengers shall designate the body responsible for
the inspection referred to in section 3.4. 15.05.2 and 15.05.3. This information is recorded in the
the certificate of the vessel.
15.05.2 maximum permitted number of passengers shall not exceed any of the
These values:
and the number of passengers), for which has been demonstrated by the existence of evacuation
the space under the CAP. 15.06.8;
(b)) the number of passengers that has been taken into account in the calculation of stability
According to the chapter. 15.03;
(c)) the number of available beds for passengers on cabin vessels
used for cruises with overnight stays.
15.05.3 for cabin vessels which are also used as
cruise passenger ships, with the number of passengers shall be calculated for use as
cruise passenger ship and as a cabin vessel and entered in the certificate
the vessel.
15.05.4 maximum permitted number of passengers shall be placed on the well
legible and prominently placed signs on board.
15.06. Room and passenger areas
15.06.1 Room shall
and) on all decks, be placed in the plane of the collision bulkhead and, if
are located below the bulkhead deck, in front of the plane of the stern bulkhead and
(b)) to be separated from engine and boiler rooms;
(c)) be so arranged, that sight lines of the plane defined in Cap.
6.02.
15.06.2 cabinets and room referred to in chapter. 11.13, which are intended for
storage of flammable liquids shall be outside the premises for
passengers.
15.06.3 the number and width of the exits of passenger rooms shall comply with the
the following requirements:
and the room or group of rooms) which are designed or furnished
for 30 or more passengers or have beds for 12 or more passengers,
must have at least two exits. Cruise passenger ships can be one of the
These two exits to replace two emergency exits. The room, in addition to
cabins, and group rooms, which have only one exit, you must have
at least one emergency exit.
(b)) if the room below the bulkhead deck, one East
may be watertight bulkhead doors referred to in section 3.4. 15.02.10 that lead
the adjacent departments, from which you can directly get to the upper deck.
The other exit shall lead directly or, if this is allowed under (a)),
as an emergency exit into the open air, or to the bulkhead deck.
This requirement does not apply to individual cabins.
(c)) in accordance with subparagraphs Exits), and (b)) shall be suitably arranged and must have
a clear width of at least 0.80 m and a height of at least 2.00 m. At the door
cabins for passengers and other small rooms may be clear width
reduced to 0.70 m.
d) for rooms or groups of rooms intended for more than 80
passengers must sum widths of all exits intended for passengers,
which the passenger must use in case of emergency, not less than 0.01 m
each passenger.
(e)) if the total width of the exits a decisive number of passengers,
the width of each exit shall be at least 0.005 m per passenger.
f) emergency exits must have the shortest side of the long at least 0.60 m
or a minimum diameter of 0.70 m Must be opened in the direction of escape and be
marked on both sides.
g) Exits of rooms intended for persons with reduced mobility must
have a clear width of at least 0.90 m. Exits normally used to
embarking and disembarking of persons with reduced mobility shall have a clear
at least 1.50 m width.
15.06.4 doors for passengers shall comply with the following requirements:
and) in addition to doors leading to connecting corridors shall be opened in the direction
out or be constructed as sliding doors.
(b) the doors of the cabins) must be constructed so that they can be open at any time and
from the outside.
c) powered Doors shall open easily in case of power failure
This mechanism.
(d)) at the door, which are intended for persons with reduced mobility, shall
on the side, in the direction in which the door opens, be between the internal
the edge of the jamb on the lock side and an adjacent vertical wall
the minimum distance of 0.60 m.
15.06.5 connecting corridors shall meet the following requirements:
and) shall have a clear width of at least 0.80 m. Where to rooms
used by more than 80 passengers, shall comply with the provisions referred to in
Kap. 15.06.3 (e). (d)), and (e)), in terms of the width of the exits leading to the
connecting corridors.
(b)) their clear height shall be at least 2.00 m.
c) connecting corridors intended for persons with reduced
mobility shall have a clear width of 1.30 m. Connecting corridors wider than
1.50 m must have a handrail on each side.
(d)) if the parts of the vessel or into a room intended for passengers
only one connecting corridor, the clear width shall be at least 1.00
m.
(e)) in the connecting corridors shall be no projections.
f) must lead only to open decks, rooms or staircases.
g) dead-end corridors in connecting corridors shall be not more than two metres.
15.06.6 in addition to chap. 15.06.5 escape routes must comply with the following
requirements:
and the stairs, exits and) emergency exits shall be so arranged that, in the
the event of fire in any given room, it was possible to safely evacuate
other spaces.
(b)) the escape routes shall lead by the shortest route to evacuation areas
According to the chapter. 15.06.8.
c) escape routes shall not lead through engine rooms or kitchens.
(d)) in the escape routes shall not be fitted no rungs, ladders and
Similarly.
e) doors to escape routes shall be constructed so as to nezužovaly
the minimum width of the escape route referred to in section 3.4. 15.06.5 (e). and) or (d)).
f) escape routes and emergency exits shall be clearly marked. Tags
must be lit by an emergency lighting system.
15.06.7 escape routes and emergency exits shall have a suitable safety
the guidance system based on "Administrative instruction No. 21" set out in Appendix II to
Annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on Inland
waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 "directive of the European Parliament and of the Council
2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for vessels
inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, as amended by
Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,
Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
15.06.8 for all persons on board must be available
muster areas that meet the following requirements:
and the total area of the muster areas) (As)
must correspond to at least the value obtained using the following formula:
Cruise passenger vessels: As = 0.35. FMAX [m²]
Cabin vessels: As = 0.45. FMAX [m²]
In these formulae: Fmax the maximum permitted number of passengers on
Board
b) each individual muster or evacuation area shall
be no larger than 10 square meters.
(c)) in the Assembly areas must not be any furniture,
Portable or fixed.
d) if in the area, part of which is designated as the muster
the space, located the portable furniture, must be ensured in an appropriate manner
against sesmeknutí.
(e)) where they are in the room in which are located the stage Assembly
areas, fixed seats or benches, in the calculation of the total
surfaces of the muster areas referred to in subparagraph a) take account of the
the corresponding number of persons. The number of people for which they are intended for fixed
seats or benches in a certain room, however, shall not exceed the number of
the persons for which they are rated muster areas located
in this room.
(f)) from the evacuation areas shall be easily available life-saving equipment.
g) must be able to evacuate people safely from these evacuation areas
from both sides of the vessel.
h) the muster areas shall lie above the margin line.
I) Muster and evacuation areas must be marked as such in the
the safety plan and marked on the Board.
j) subparagraph (d)), and (e)) shall also apply to free decks on which are
muster areas.
k) Are on board a collective life-saving equipment available
According to the chapter. 15.09.5, can be used in the calculation of the total surface area of the
muster areas referred to in point (a)) not to take into account the number of
passengers, for which such equipment is available.
l) in all cases where reductions shall apply the requirements referred to in points
(e)), j and k)), shall be the total area under (a)) sufficient for
at least 50% of the maximum permitted number of passengers.
15.06.9 stairs and stair landings in the passenger spaces
must meet the following requirements:
and) shall be constructed in accordance with the European standard EN 13190:2000.
(b)) shall have a clear width of at least 0.80 m or, if they lead to connection
passages or spaces used by more than 80 passengers, at least 0.01 m
for each passenger.
(c)) shall have a clear width of at least 1.00 m, providing a single access
the space intended for passengers.
d) must lie within the safe area, where on each side of the ship is not
in the same room at least one staircase.
e) Stairs intended for persons with reduced mobility shall also
meet the following requirements:
AA) Inclined stairs shall not exceed 38 °.
BB) Stairs shall have a clear width of at least 0.90 m.
CC) spiral staircases are not permitted.
DD) Stairs shall not result in the transverse direction to the vessel.
EE) Handles approximately 0.30 m must go beyond the beginning and end of the staircase
so that it does not restrict the traffic routes.
FF) the leading edge of handrails, at least the first and last instance and floor
coverings at the ends of the stairs must be marked with color.
Lifts intended for persons with reduced mobility and lifting equipment,
for example. Stairlifts or lifting platforms, must be made
According to the requirements laid down in specific legislation. ^ 9)
15.06.10 part of the deck intended for passengers, that are not closed, you must
meet the following requirements:
and) must be surrounded by a fixed štítnicí or railings with a height of at least
1.00 m or rail in accordance with European standard EN 711:1995, component type
PF, PG or PZ. Bulwarks and railings of decks intended for persons with reduced
mobility must be high at least 1.10 m.
(b)) and equipment for embarkation or landing or loading or unloading
It must be possible to provide and shall have a clear width of at least 1.00 m.
Holes that are typically used for the embarkation or disembarkation of persons with
reduced mobility shall have a clear width of at least 1.50 m.
(c)) If you cannot supervise from the wheelhouse openings and a device designed to
embarkation and disembarkation must be given optical and/or electronic
AIDS.
(d)) of the plane defined in section 3.4. 6.02 shall not be interrupted by sitting
passengers.
15.06.11 part of the vessels, which are not intended for passengers, in particular
access to the wheelhouse, to the navijákům and to the strojovnám, it must be possible
secure against the entry of unauthorized persons. These approaches must be
located in a visible place the symbol shown in Figure 1 in Appendix I.
15.06.12 gangways shall be constructed in accordance with the European standard EN
14176:2003. By way of derogation from chapter. 10.02.2 (e). (d)) may be less than 4 m.
15.06.13 Traffic areas intended for persons with reduced mobility must
have a clear width of 1.30 m and must not be of Prague and the forces of the higher
than 0.025 m. Walls in traffic areas intended for passengers travelling with
reduced mobility shall be equipped with handrails at a height of 0.90 m above the
the floor level.
15.06.14 Glass doors and walls in traffic areas and also window
boards must be manufactured from pre-stressed glass or laminated. Can be
also made of synthetic material, if its use is permissible
from the standpoint of fire safety. Transparent doors and transparent walls in the
transport areas dating back to the floor must be visibly marked.
15.06.15 superstructures or their roofs consisting from panorama
boards may only be manufactured from materials which, in the case of an accident
represent for the persons on board the least possible risk of injury.
15.06.16 potable water systems must meet at least the requirements of the chapter. 12.05.
15.06.17 Passenger toilets must be available. At least one of the
toilets must be arranged so that it can be used by persons with reduced
mobility and must be accessible from the space designated for people with
reduced mobility.
15.06.18 Cabins without opening the window must be connected to the ventilation
System.
15.06.19 spaces in which crew members are accommodated, or boat
staff shall comply mutatis mutandis with the requirements of chapter. 15.06.
15.07 propulsion system.
15.07.1 in addition to the main propulsion system of the vessel must be equipped with
the second drive system, so as to ensure that, in the event of a failure
the main propulsion system, the vessel may continue their own
drive.
15.07.2 Second propulsion system must be placed in a separate engine room.
If both engine rooms have common partitions, these shall be constructed
According to the chapter. 15.11.2.
15.08. Safety devices and equipment
15.08.1 All passenger vessels shall have internal communication facilities according to the
Kap. 7.08. This equipment must be available in the operational areas and
If there is no direct communication from the wheelhouse, also in access and
evacuation areas for passengers as kap. 15.06.8.
15.08.2 All passenger areas shall be reachable by
loudspeaker system. System must be designed so as to
to ensure that the transmitted information is clearly distinguishable from noise
the background. Speakers are not required if direct communication is possible
between the wheelhouse and the passenger compartment.
15.08.3 the vessel shall be equipped with an alarm system. This includes:
and) an alarm system, which will allow passengers, crew members and the ship's
staff notify command of the vessel and the crew. The alarm signal should
should be given only in areas reserved for the command of the vessel and
the crew; to turn off the alarm signal may only command of the vessel. Alarm
the signal must be able to run at least the following places:
AA) in each cabin;
BB) in the corridors, lifts and stairwells, and distance to the
the nearest trigger alarm signal shall be not more than 10 m and in
each waterproof compartments must be at least one launcher;
CC) in common rooms, dining rooms and similar spaces;
DD) toilets, intended for persons with reduced mobility;
EE) in engine rooms, galleys and similar areas with potentially explosive
fire;
FF) in cold storage and other storage areas.
Trigger alarm signal must be installed at a height of 0.85 m to
1.10 m above floor level.
(b)) the alarm system that allows you to command of the vessel to notify passengers.
This alarm shall be clearly audible in all areas
to which passengers have access. Must be able to run it from the wheelhouse
and from a permanently staffed.
(c)) the alarm system, which allows the command to notify the crew and vessels
the ship's staff. The alarm system referred to in section 3.4. 7.09.1 must be
Audible also in common rooms for the shipboard personnel,
cold storage and other storage areas. Triggers the alarm
the signal must be protected against unintentional use.
15.08.4 Each watertight compartment shall be equipped with signal above
the water level.
15.08.5 on board must be installed at least two bilge pumps.
15.08.6 on board must be available to the system of drainage pumps with
permanently installed pipe.
15.08.7 cold storage Doors must be open from the inside, even if they are
secured or locked.
15.08.8 if the systems are delivering CO2 placed in rooms below
the deck shall be fitted with an automatic ventilation system, which
turns on automatically when the door is opened or the esophagus to this room.
Ventilation ducts shall lead down up to 0.05 m from the floor level in the
This room.
15.08.9 passenger vessels shall be equipped with a lékárničkami in the number of ensuring
treatment of crew and passengers. First aid kits and their storage shall
meet the requirements of chapter. 10.02.2 (e). (f)).
15.09. Rescue equipment
15.09.1 in addition to the lifebuoys in accordance with Cap. 10.05.1 must all be
parts of the deck intended for passengers and not enclosed,
equipped with rescue circles, and on both sides of the vessel at the
a maximum distance of 20 m.
Lifebuoys shall be deemed satisfactory if they comply with
-European standard EN 14144:2003 or
-Chapter III, rule 7.1 International Convention for the safety of human
life at sea (SOLAS 1974) and paragraph 2.1 of the international regulations for
life-saving appliances (LSA).
Half of the prescribed lifebuoys shall be fitted with a floating
cord of at least 30 m long with a diameter of 8 to 11 mm. The other half
the prescribed lifebuoys shall be fitted with self
self-igniting, battery water goes out.
15.09.2 in addition to the lifebuoys in accordance with Cap. 15.09.1 must be available
for shipboard personnel personal flotation devices under the CAP. 10.05.2. for the
the ship's staff is not responsible for taking over the functions under
the security breakdown, are admissible or non-inflatable
semi-automatic inflatable life jackets according to chap. 10.05.2.
15.09.3 passenger ships must have the appropriate means to allow safe
moving people on to the shore, or aground, another vessel.
15.09.4 in addition to the life-saving appliances according to the chapter. 15.09.1 and 15.09.2 must
be for 100% of the maximum permitted number of passengers available
personal life-saving equipment according to chap. Non-inflatable or 10.05.2.
semi-automatic inflatable life vests in accordance with standards referred to in section 3.4.
10.05.2 are also permitted.
15.09.5 the term "collective life-saving appliances" includes the ship's boats
According to article 10.04 and life-rafts. Life-rafts must
and an inscription indicating the) have their purpose and the number of persons for which they are
approved;
(b) offer adequate space to) seating for the permitted number of persons;
(c) in fresh water) have a buoyancy of at least 750 N per person;
(d)) be provided with a rope attached to a passenger ship, to prevent them from drifting away;
e) be made of a suitable material and be resistant to oil and fuels
products, and to temperatures of up to 50 ° c;
(f)) to deliver and maintain a stable trim and in this respect, be fitted with
suitable brackets for the indicated number of persons;
(g)) be fluorescent orange or fluorescent surfaces
visible from all sides of at least 100 cm²;
h) be such that is from where they are stored, could relax and
run quickly and securely across the deck one person, or in order to
the place where they are stored, to run freely on water;
I) be fitted with appropriate means of evacuation from evacuation areas
referred to in chapter IV. 15.06.8 on life-rafts if the vertical distance
between the deck and the evacuation areas and the plane of maximum
draught greater than 1 m.
15.09.6 Additional collective life-saving appliances are elements
life-saving devices that ensure the maintenance of the water for several
of persons in the water. Must
and an inscription indicating the) have their purpose and the number of persons for which they are
approved;
(b) in fresh water) have a buoyancy of at least 100 N per person;
(c)) be made of a suitable material and be resistant to oil and fuels
products, and to temperatures of up to 50 ° c;
(d)) to deliver and maintain a stable trim and in this respect, be fitted with
suitable brackets for the indicated number of persons;
(e)) have a fluorescent orange or fluorescent surfaces
visible from all sides of at least 100 cm²;
(f)) be such that is from where they are stored, could relax and
run quickly and securely across the deck one person, or in order to of
the place where they are stored, to run freely on water.
15.09.7 Inflatable collective life-saving appliances shall in addition:
a) consist of at least two separate air compartments;
b) inflate automatically or by manually starting when you start to water;
(c)) to deliver and maintain a stable tendency, regardless of the load, even if it is
only half of the air compartments inflated.
15.09.8 life-saving appliances shall be stored on board in such a way that
If necessary, they are easily achievable. Concealed storage places shall
be clearly marked.
15.09.9 flotation devices must be checked in accordance with the instructions
manufacturer.
15.09.10 ship's boat shall be equipped with an engine and a headlamp.
on 15.09.11 must be available suitable litter.
15.10. Electrical equipment
15.10.1 the lighting is allowed only to the electrical equipment.
15.10.2 the provisions of Cap. 9.16.3 also applies to passes and
common room for passengers.
15.10.3 For spaces and places listed below shall be provided adequate
lighting and emergency lighting:
and) the places where life-saving appliances are stored, and where
These resources are usually ready for use;
b) escape routes, entrances for passengers, including gangways,
entrances and exits, connecting corridors, lifts and stairs in the living
areas, in the area of cabins and living quarters;
(c)) identification of escape routes and emergency exits;
(d)) in other areas intended for persons with reduced mobility;
e) operational rooms, engine rooms, steering apparatus, and
their exits;
f) wheelhouse;
g) room with an emergency source of energy;
h) the points at which extinguishers and the places from which the
control the fire-fighting system;
I) spaces in which passengers, shipboard personnel and crew
in case of danger.
15.10.4 on board must be installed an emergency generator power
energy consisting of emergency source of power and the emergency switchboard,
that in the event of a power failure of electrical equipment referred to in
(a). and)-i) may immediately take their replacement power, does not have a
device to own energy source:
a) signal lights;
(b)) acoustic warning systems;
c) emergency lighting according to chap. 15.10.3;
d) radiotelephone system;
e) alarm systems, loudspeaker system and on-board communication
systems;
f) searchlights according to chap. 10.02.2 (e). (I));
g) fire alarm system;
h) other safety equipment, for example. sprinkler fire-fighting systems
pressurized water or fire pumps;
I) lifts and lifting equipment referred to in section 3.4. 15.06.9 in the second sentence.
15.10.5 emergency lighting Luminaires must be marked as emergency.
15.10.6 Emergency power generator must be positioned outside the
the main engine room, outside the rooms in which are located the source of energy
According to the chapter. accommodate and outside the room, in which is located the main switchboard; from
These rooms must be separated by partitions according to section 3.4. 15.11.2.
The cables, which are powered by electrical equipment in case of an emergency, you must
be stored and routed so that in the event of fire or flooding was
maintain an uninterrupted supply of these devices. These cables must not be
never routed over the main engine room, kitchen or room in which it is
installed the main source of electrical power and the appropriate device,
If it is not required in these areas to provide emergency equipment. Safe
power generator must be located either above the plane of the
the maximum dive time remaining, or when discharge as far as possible from sources of
energy according to chap. accommodate, in order to ensure that in the event of flooding
According to the chapter. 15.03.9 will not be flooded with these sources of energy at the same time.
15.10.7 as an emergency source of energy shall be permitted
and auxiliary power units) with their own independent supply of fuel and independent
cooling system, which in the case of a power failure, turn on and
take the power supply within 30 seconds automatically or, if
in the immediate vicinity of the wheelhouse or any other station continuously
manned by crew members, can be turned on manually, or
(b)) batteries, which in the case of a power failure, turn on automatically
or, if they are located in the immediate vicinity of the wheelhouse or any other
a location permanently manned by crew members, can be turned on manually.
Must ensure that the power supply of the above electrical appliances (kap.
15.10.4) for the prescribed time without charge, and without an unacceptable drop in
voltage.
15.10.8 the planned operating period of the emergency power supply is necessary to determine the
According to the established purpose of the passenger vessel. Shall not be less than 30 minutes.
15.10.9 the isolation resistors and earthing of electrical systems must be
check when regular inspections.
15.10.10 energy source according to chap. accommodate must be independent of each other.
15.10.11 Disorder of the main or emergency generator power
shall not affect the operating safety of the equipment.
15.11 fire protection
15.11.1 the suitability of materials and components for fire protection
must determine the testing Institute on the basis of appropriate test methods.
and testing Institute) must comply with the
AA) code for fire test procedures or
BB) European standard EN ISO/IEC 17025:2000 on the General requirements for the
competence of testing and calibration laboratories.
(b)) accepted engineering test methods to determine the flammability of the materials are
Annex I, part 1 of the regulation for the implementation of the fire test.
c) accepted engineering test procedures to determine whether material slows down
burning, are the relevant requirements in annex 1, part 5 (exam
the surface flammability), 6 (test for deck coverings), 7 (exam for
hanging textiles and plastics), 8 (test for upholstered furniture) and 9
(test for bedding) Regulation for the implementation of the fire test.
(d)) accepted engineering test methods to determine the fire resistance are
Annex I, part 3 of the regulation for the implementation of the fire test.
(e)) in accordance with the regulation for the implementation of the fire test to prescribe
a test on the sample dividing wall.
15.11.2 partitions
and) partitions between rooms must be designed in accordance with the following
tables:
AA) table for partitions between rooms, in which there are
no fire sprinkler system installed in accordance with section 3.4. 10.03 and
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
The Room The Stair Assembly Social Engineering Kitchen Storage
the Habitat of the shaft spaces spaces spaces
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Control-A0 A0/B15 (1) A30 A60 A60 A60
Habitat
Stair-A0 A30 A60 A60 A60
shaft
Muster-A30/B15 (2) A60 A60 A60
spaces
Social-/B15 (3) A60 A60 A60
spaces
Engine Room Of The A60/A0 A60 A60
(4)
Kitchen A0 A60/B15 (5)
Storage-
spaces
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
(1) the partitions between control centres and internal muster areas
shall correspond to type A0, but external muster areas only to typuB15.
(2) the partitions between lounges and internal muster
areas shall correspond to type A30, but external muster areas only
type B15.
(3) the partitions between cabins, partitions between cabins and corridors and vertical dividing
the walls separating lounges according to chap. 15.11.10 shall comply with type B15,
the rooms fitted with pressurised sprinkler systems fire systems with pressurized water
type B0.
(4) the partitions between engine rooms, this according to the chapter. 15.07 and kap. 15.10.6 must match the type
A60; in other cases, shall comply with type A0.
(5) type B15 is sufficient for partitions between galleys, on the one hand, and cold rooms and
storage
areas for food on the other.
BB) table for partitions between rooms, in which are installed
sprinkler fire-fighting systems according to 10.03 and
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
The Room The Stair Assembly Social Engineering Kitchen Storage
the Habitat of the shaft spaces spaces spaces
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Control-A0 A0/B15 (1) A0 A60A30 A30
Habitat
Stair-A0 A0 A0 A60A30
shaft
Muster-A30/B15 (2) A60A30 A30
spaces
Social-/B0 (3) A60A30 A0
spaces
Engine Room Of The A60/A60 A60
A0 (4)
Kitchen-B15
Storage-
spaces
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
(1) the partitions between control centres and internal muster areas
shall correspond to type A0, but external muster areas only to typuB15.
(2) the partitions between lounges and internal muster
areas shall correspond to type A30,
but external muster areas only to type B15.
(3) the partitions between cabins, partitions between cabins and corridors and vertical
partitions separating lounges according to chap. 15.11.10 must match the
type B15, for rooms fitted with systems
sprinkler fire extinguishing systems with B0.
(4) the partitions between engine rooms, this according to the chapter. 15.07 and kap. 15.10.6 must match the
type A60; in other cases, shall comply with type A0.
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
b) partitions of type and are bulkheads, walls and decks which comply with the
the following requirements:
AA) are constructed of steel or other equivalent material.
BB) are adequately reinforced.
CC) approved non-combustible materials are isolated, so that the average
the temperature on the side facing away from the fire does not exceed by more than 140 ° c above the
the initial temperature and at no point, including the gaps, not the liaison
during the following times to raise the temperature by more than 180 ° c above the
initial temperature:
Type A60-60 minutes
Type A30-30 minutes
Type A0 0 minutes.
DD) are designed to prevent penetration of the smoke and flames
until the end of the one-hour normal fire test.
c) partitions of type B are bulkheads, walls, decks, ceilings or
tiles that meet these requirements:
AA) are made of an approved fire-resistant material. In addition, the
all materials used in the manufacture and Assembly of partitions shall be
with the exception of fire-resistant lining, which shall be at least flame-retardant.
BB) show such insulation value that the average temperature on the side
facing away from the fire does not exceed by more than 140 ° c above the initial temperature and
at no point, including the gaps, not the liaison during the following times
to raise the temperature by more than 225 ° c above the initial temperature:
B15-15 minutes
Type B0 0 minutes.
CC) are designed to prevent penetration of flame to the end of
the first half hour normal fire test.
15.11.3 paints, lacquers and other surface treatment products as well as deck coverings
used in rooms except engine rooms and store rooms shall
flame-retardant. Carpets, fabrics, curtains and other hanging textile
materials and upholstered furniture and bedding shall be flame-retardant,
If the room in which they are located, equipped with sprinklerovou
fire-fighting system with pressurized water pursuant to chapter. 10.03 and.
15.11.4 ceilings and panelling in social areas, including the
foundations, shall be unless these social spaces
equipped with sprinklerovou fire system with pressurized water pursuant to chapter.
10.03 and, constructed of non-combustible materials with the exception of surfaces that
shall be at least flame-retardant.
15.11.5 furniture and fittings in lounges which serve
as the muster areas shall be constructed of fire-resistant
materials, these areas are not equipped with sprinklerovou fire
system with pressurized water pursuant to chapter. 10.03 and.
15.11.6 paints, varnishes and other materials used in the unprotected internal
spaces must not produce excessive amounts of smoke or toxic
substances. This shall be demonstrated in accordance with the regulation for implementation of the
fire test.
15.11.7 insulation materials in lounges shall be
fire-resistant. It does not apply to insulations used on pipes
refrigerant. The surfaces of the insulation materials used on these pipes
shall be at least flame-retardant.
15.11.8 doors in partitions according to section 3.4. 15.11.2 shall meet the following
requirements:
and the requirements of section 3.4.) 15.11.2 as partition walls.
(b)) shall be self-closing in the case of doors in partitions according to section 3.4.
15.11.10 or, in the case of enclosures around engine rooms, galleys and stair
shafts.
c) Self-closing doors that are open during normal operation, you must
be such that they can be closed from a location permanently manned by shipboard
personnel or crew members. After the remote door must be
You can safely open and close again on the spot.
d) watertight doors according to chap. 15.02 need not be insulated.
15.11.9 Walls according to section 3.4. 15.11.2 shall be continuous from deck to deck
or end at continuous ceilings, which satisfy the same requirements,
as are listed in the chapter. 15.11.2.
15.11.10 Vertical partitions according to section 3.4. 15.11.2 must be
divided these spaces for passengers:
and passenger compartments with) the total surface area of more than 800
M2;
(b)), the passenger compartments in which there are cabins, at intervals
not more than 40 m.
Vertical partitions shall not pass through under normal operating conditions
smoke and shall be continuous from deck to deck.
15.11.11 Cavity above ceilings, beneath floors and behind the lining walls must be
separated at intervals of not more than 14 m by non-screens, which prevents
air supply and that even in the event of fire, provide an effective fireproof
sealing.
15.11.12 Stairs shall be made of steel or another equally
fire-resistant material.
15.11.13 Internal stairs and lifts shall be closed at all levels
walls according to section 3.4. 15.11.2. Request the first sentence does not need to be met:
staircase connecting only) two decks need not be enclosed, if the
one Board is the stairs enclosed by the kap. 15.11.2;
(b)) in the social space of stairs may not be closed if they are
located entirely within this room, and
AA) If this room just over two decks, or
BB) is installed in the room on all decks, an automatic sprinkler
fire-fighting system with pressurized water pursuant to chapter. 10.03 and the room has a system of
smoke extraction by kap. 15.11.16 and on all levels is in the room
access to the stairwell.
15.11.14 ventilation systems and air supply systems shall satisfy the following
requirements:
and) must be designed so as to ensure that they themselves cannot
cause the spread of fire and smoke.
b) openings and air extraction and air supply systems
It must be possible to close them.
c) ventilation ducts shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent
fire-resistant material and be securely connected to each other and with body
the vessel.
(d)) where they pass through the air ducts with a diameter of more than 0.02 m2 subdivision
walls according to section 3.4. 15.11.2 type A or partitions according to section 3.4.
15.11.10, shall be fitted with automatic fire dampers that can be
operated from a location permanently manned by shipboard personnel or members of the
the crew.
e) ventilation systems for galleys and engine rooms shall be separated from
ventilation systems designed for other areas.
(f)) of the ventilation ducts shall be provided with closable holes designated
inspection and cleaning. These holes must be located near
fire dampers.
g) Built-in fans must be able to switch off from the central station
outside the engine room.
15.11.15 Kitchen shall be provided with ventilation systems and stoves with
exhaust vapours. The ventilation extractors shall satisfy the requirements according to the
Kap. 15.11.14 and, moreover, be fitted with manually operated fire dampers
the input holes.
15.11.16 control centres, stairwells and internal evacuation
the room must be equipped with natural or mechanical systems
smoke extraction. Smoke extraction systems shall satisfy the following requirements:
and) must be sufficiently powerful and reliable.
(b)) must correspond to the operating conditions of passenger ships.
(c)) is used if smoke extraction systems also as General fans space
in case of fire must not impede their functioning as a systems
smoke extraction.
d) smoke extraction systems shall have a manually operated triggering device.
e) Mechanical smoke extraction systems shall moreover be possible to control
from a location permanently manned by shipboard personnel or crew members.
f) Natural smoke extraction systems shall be fitted with an opening
the mechanism of the manually-operated or power source inside the system
evacuation.
g) manually operated triggering device and opening mechanisms shall be
accessible from inside or from outside the protected space.
15.11.17 public spaces without permanent supervision by shipboard personnel
or members of the crew, the kitchen, the engine room and another room with a risk
fire must be connected to an appropriate fire alarm system
meeting the requirements of the "Administrative instruction No. 17" referred to in Appendix
(II) to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the
inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 "directive of the European
Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for
inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in
the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,
Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC. The fire and the exact place of his
the occurrence must be automatically display at a permanently-staffed
shipboard personnel or crew members.
15.12. Fire fighting
15.12.1 in addition to portable fire extinguishers in accordance with Cap. 10.03 must be
available on Board at least the following portable extinguishers:
a) one portable fire extinguisher for every 120 m² of gross floor
areas in passenger spaces;
b) one portable fire extinguisher for every new group of ten
cabins;
c) one portable fire extinguisher in every kitchen and near each
the room in which flammable liquids are stored or used. In
kitchens must be also available fire extinguishing appropriate to the resource
the burning of fat.
These additional fire extinguishers shall meet the requirements laid down in
Kap. 10.03.2 and be located and distributed on the vessel so that, in the case of
fire was a fire extinguisher readily available. In every kitchen and
also in hairdressing salons and perfumeries must be on hand fire extinguishers
drapes.
15.12.2 passenger ships shall be provided with a hydrant system consisting
from
and two fire pumps) power driven with enough power,
one of these pumps must be fixed;
(b)) of one of the fire lines with a sufficient number of hydrants with permanently
connected fire hoses at least 20 m long and fitted with
a nozzle that you can create a water mist and water stream, and closing
device.
15.12.3 hydrant Systems shall be designed and dimensioned so that the
and each vessel was) in the range of at least two hydrants
located in different places for each hydrant can be counted
only with a single hose up to 20 m long;
(b)) pressure at the hydrants is at least 300 kPa and
(c)) on all decks, you can reach the length of the water stream at least 6 m.
If they are placed in the boxes, hydrants must be on the outside of the
cabinets located symbol of the "fire hose" as shown in Figure 5 in the Appendix I to
of this annex with a side length of at least 10 cm.
15.12.4 Hydrant valves with threads or cocks shall be able to set
so that the fire hoses can be separated and removed during operation
the fire pumps.
15.12.5 fire hoses in the internal spaces must be navinuly on the
pivotally connected reel.
15.12.6 Materials fire equipment must be either refractory or be
suitably protected against failure in the event of exposure to high temperatures.
15.12.7 pipes and hydrants shall be so arranged as to prevent
the possibility of freezing.
15.12.8. Fire pumps shall
and) be installed or located in separate premises;
(b)) to be operated independently of each other;
c) each on all decks, be capable of maintaining the necessary pressure at the hydrants
and to achieve the desired length of the stream of water;
(d)) to be installed in front of the aft bulkhead.
Fire pumps can be used for general purposes.
15.12.9 machinery spaces shall be fitted with a fixed fire-fighting system according to chap.
10 .03B.
15.12.10 For cabin boats shall be available
and) two separate breathing apparatus in accordance with European standard EN 137:1993
full face mask according to the European standard EN 136:1998;
(b)) two sets of equipment consisting of at least a protective suit, helmet,
boots, gloves, axes, crowbars, torches and safety cords and
(c)) the four escape hoods.
15.13. Ensuring safety
15.13.1 on passenger ships must be safety instructions.
Safety instructions describe the duties of the crew and shipboard personnel
According to their classification in the following circumstances:
and) accident;
(b)) a fire on board the vessel;
c) evacuation of passengers;
(d)) a person overboard.
The safety instructions must take account of special security measures for the
persons with reduced mobility. Special instructions to the crew shall
to provide that in the event of danger, all doors and openings in the
the watertight bulkheads referred to in section 3.4. 15.02 immediately sealed.
15.13.2 Safety guidelines contain safety plan, in which they are
clearly and accurately marked at least
and) accomodations, intended for persons with reduced mobility;
b) escape routes, emergency exits and muster and evacuation areas
According to the chapter. 15.06.8;
(c)) life-saving appliances and ship's boats;
d) fire extinguishers and fire-fighting systems and fire sprinkler system
with high pressure water;
e) other safety equipment;
(f)) alarm system chapter. 15.08.3 (e). and);
(g)) the alarm system referred to in section 3.4. 15.08.3 (e). (b)), and (c));
h) doors in bulkheads referred to in section 3.4. 15.02.5 and location of its control and
the holes according to the chapter. 15.02.9, 15.03.12, 15.02.13 and 15.02.10;
I) doors referred to in section 3.4. 15.11.8;
j) fire dampers;
to) fire alarm system;
l) emergency power generator;
m) controls the ventilation system;
n shore);
about) the conclusion of the fuel pipes;
p) liquefied gas installations;
q) public address systems;
r) radiotelephone system;
with) first-aid kits.
15.13.3 Safety guidelines according to the chapter. 15.13.1 and safety plan
According to the chapter. 15.13.2 must
and be properly equipped with the imprint of) the rectangular stamp of the State ferry management
or similar authorized person from another Member State of the European
the community and the
(b)) to be placed on an appropriate, clearly visible on each Board.
15.13.4 in each cabin must be conduct rules for passengers
and also a simplified safety plan containing information
referred to in chapter IV. 15.13.2 (b). a) to (f)). Rules of conduct contain
at least
a State of emergency)
-fire
-flooding
-General hazard;
(b) a description of the different alarms);
c) instructions on how to:
-escape routes
-behavior,
-the need to keep the peace;
d) warning:
-smoking,
-use of fire and naked flame,
-opening Windows,
-the use of certain items of equipment.
These instructions shall be in English, French, German, and
Dutch, for vessels that use water to sail with passengers
vests of the Czech Republic also in English.
15.14. Installations for the collection and disposal of waste waters
15.14.1 passenger vessels shall be equipped with waste water collecting tanks
and appropriate on-board sewage treatment plants.
15.14.2 holding tank for waste water must be of sufficient volume. Tank
must be provided with a device to indicate the status of the layer. Must be to
available on-board pumps and pipes for emptying the tank,
waste water which can pass on both sides of the vessel. Must be allowed
the draining of waste water from other vessels. The pipe shall be fitted with a
the drain connection according to the European standard EN 1306:1996.
15.15. derogations for certain passenger ships
15.15.1 passenger ships with permission to carry up to 50 passengers and about
not more than 25 m in length LWL must show reasonable stability in
According to the State chapter. 15.03.7 to 15.03.13, or must instead show that
meet this criteria after a cross-locating the flooding:
and the ship can dive) up to the plane of maximum draught when
remaining displacement and
(b) the metacentric height GMR) shall not be less than 0.10 m.
The necessary residual buoyancy shall be assured by the choice of an appropriate
the material used to construct the hull or using floats from the
foam material with cell structure, which are firmly attached to the
the hull. For vessels longer than 15 m, residual buoyancy can be
to ensure a combination of floats and by dividing the corresponding status 1 Department
According to the chapter. 15.03.
15.15.2 for passenger vessels under the CAP. 15.15.1 smaller may be authorised
deviations from the ride height by kap. 15.06.3 (e). (c)) and kap. 15.06.5
(a). (b)). The derogation shall not be more than 5%. In the case of derogations must be
the part marked with color.
15.15.3 Notwithstanding chapter. 15.03.9 may not have passenger ships whose length
does not exceed 45 m and intended for the carriage of no more than 250
passengers, 2 Department status.
15.15.4 If passenger ships intended for the carriage of no more than 250
passengers and with a length of not more than 25 m LWL equipped with a platform that is available from the
both sides of the vessel directly above the plane of maximum draught in the remaining
displacement in order to rescue people from the water, may be dropped from
the application of the chapter. 10.04. passenger ships can be equipped with comparable
device, subject to the following conditions:
and the device is sufficient) to control one person;
(b)) are allowed mobile devices;
(c)), the device must be located outside the danger area of the propulsion system
and
(d)) may be effective communication between the boatmaster and the person who
the device operates.
15.15.5 for passenger vessels permitted to carry a maximum of 600
passengers and with a length not exceeding 45 m, may be dropped from
the application of the chapter. 10.04, if the vessel is equipped with a platform under the CAP.
15.15.4 first sentence or an equivalent installation according to section 3.4. 15.15.4 second
the sentence. Additionally, you must have a passenger ship
and as the main rudder drive) the propeller, a cycloidal (Voth-Schneider)
the propeller or a water jet or
(b)) the main propulsion system with 2 propulsion units or
(c)) the main propulsion system and a bow bow thruster.
by way of derogation from section 15.15.6 15.02.9 passenger ships whose length does not exceed
45 m and are allowed to transport passengers, who
corresponds to the length of the vessel in metres, can have on board in the
passengers manually controlled bulkhead door without remote control according to the
Kap. 15.02.5, if
and) the vessel has only one deck;
(b)) this door is accessible directly from the deck and from the deck are not further than
10 m;
(c)) the lower edge of the door opening lies at least 30 cm above the floor in the
the passenger compartment and
(d)) of each of the Department, separated by the door is equipped with a signal above
the water level.
15.15.7 on passenger ships referred to in section 3.4. 15.15.7 may, notwithstanding section
15.06.6 (e). c) lead the kitchen one escape route, if there is a second
an escape route.
15.15.8 On passenger ships, with a length not exceeding 45 m, does not apply
Kap. 15.01.2 (e). (e)), if they are equipped with liquefied gas
with appropriate alarm systems for the concentration of CO, which represent the
a health risk, and for potentially explosive gas/air mixture.
The suitability of the alarm system for the concentration of CO is judged according to
"The administrative instruction No. 24" set out in Appendix II to annex II "Minimum
technical requirements applicable to vessels on inland waterways of zones
1, 2, 3 and 4, "European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC, which
laying down technical requirements for inland waterway vessels and
repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC,
Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC and
Directive 2008/126/EC.
15.15.9 for vessels with a length of up to 25 m LWL does not apply the following provisions:
and) chap. 15.04.1 the last sentence;
(b)), chap. 15.06.6 (e). (c)) for the kitchen, if it is available the second escape
path;
c) chap. 15.07.
15.15.10 On cabin vessels whose length does not exceed 45 m,
not covered by the chapter. 15.12.10, if they are in the quarters after hands escape hoods in
the number of the corresponding number of beds.
________
9) Government Regulation No. 27/2003 Coll., laying down technical requirements
on the lifts, in wording of later regulations.
CHAPTER 15a
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PASSENGER SAILING VESSELS
15A. 01. General provisions
15A. 01.1 in this chapter otherwise provided, apply to
passenger sailing ships the requirements of chapters 2-15 of this annex.
15A. 02. derogations for certain passenger sailing ships
15A. 02.1 personal sailing ships, with a length not exceeding 45 m LWL
and the maximum permitted number of passengers is not higher than the LWL in whole
meters, are not subject to the following provisions:
and) chap. 2.03.7, do not scroll to anchor in anchor skluzech;
(b)), chap. 10.02.2 (e). (d)), in terms of length;
c) chap. 15.08.3 (e). and);
(d)), chap. 15.15.9 (e). and).
15A. By way of derogation from Chapter 02 15A. 2.1, the number of passengers increased to
1.5 times the LWL in whole meters, if sails, rigging and
the deck equipment.
15A. 03. Stability requirements for vessels plachtících
15A. 03.1 When calculating the heeling moments in accordance with Cap. 15.03.3 in determining the
the Centre of gravity of the vessel shall take account of your rolled canvas.
15A. 03.2 taking into account all load conditions according to chap. 15.03.2 and
When you use the standard layout canvas may not be heeling moment
caused by wind pressure so great that exceed 20 ° tilt angle.
At the same time
and for calculating it) a constant wind pressure of 0.07 kN/m2;
(b)) the residual safety clearance shall be at least 100 mm and
(c)) the residual freeboard shall not be negative.
15A. 03.3 righting lever of static return torque stability
must
and to achieve the highest value) at a heeling angle 25 ° or more;
(b)) shall be at least 200 mm at a heeling angle of 30 ° or more;
(c)) to be positive at a heeling angle up to 60 °.
15A. 03.4 area under the righting lever must not be less
than
and) 0.055 mrad to 30 °;
b) 0.09 mrad to 40 ° or the angle at which an unprotected opening reaches
under the surface of the water, and which is less than 40 °.
Between
(c)) 30 ° and 40 ° or
d) 30 ° and the angle at which an unprotected opening reaches the surface of the water,
and that is less than 40 °, this space shall not be less than 0.03 mrad.
15A. 04. the requirements for the construction of the ship and machinery
15A. 04.1 Notwithstanding section 5.01.3 and chapter. 9.01.3 must be
designed for permanent lists of up to 20 °.
15A. By way of derogation from Chapter 04.2. 15.06.5 (e). and) and kap. 15.06.9 (e). (b)) can be
in the case of passenger ships sailing up to 25 m in length to enable the light
the width of less than 800 mm for the connecting corridors and stairs. However, the clear width
must be at least 600 mm.
15A. 04.3 Notwithstanding section 15.06.10 and letters) can be in certain cases
enable the use of a removable Rails in places where it is necessary for the
control of the sail.
15A. 04.4 within the meaning of chapter. 15.07 is considered the main sail propulsion
the system.
15A. 04.5 Notwithstanding chapter. 15.15.7 (e). (c)) can be used in the passenger compartment
the height of the lower edge of the door opening to cut down on 200 mm above floor level. After
Open the door automatically must close and lock.
15A. If during 04.6 sailing propeller run, must be
the affected part of the propulsion system will be protected from potential damage.
15A. 05. Rigging in General
15A. 05.1 parts of the rigging shall be so arranged as to avoid the
undue friction.
15A. 05.2 where a material other than wood or special types of
the rigging, the construction to ensure equivalent safety in the
dimensions and strength under this chapter. To demonstrate the strength of
and) must be carried out calculation of strength or
b) sufficient strength must be confirmed by an approved classification society
or
c) dimensioning shall be based on the procedures foreseen by the recognised
the regulatory framework (e.g.. Middendorf, Kusk-Jensen).
15A. 06. Masts and spars in General
15A. 06.1 All spars shall be made up of high quality
material.
15A. 06.2 wood for masts shall be
and) without concentration of knots;
(b)) without sapwood within the prescribed dimensions;
(c) if possible, rovnovláknité);
(d)) as far as possible twisted growth.
15A. 06.3 If the chosen wood pine or Oregon
higher quality, pine diameter referred to in the tables in section 3.4. 15A. 07
up to 15a reduced by 5%.
15A. 06.4 does not apply to masts of the topmast, yards, booms and
bowsprits wood round cross-section, you must have this timber an equivalent
the fortress.
15A. 06.5 Basics masts, mast and fastening tuleje on deck
floor boards or to the bow or stern shall be constructed so that
absorb the forces that Act on them, or is transferred to another
the connected parts of the structure.
15A. 06.6 depending on the vessel's stability and external forces
It operates, as well as the layout of the available area of the sail can be on
the basis of the dimensions laid down in the chapter. 15A.07 to 15A.12 enable smaller
cross-sections of the spars and rigging, where appropriate. To do this, it is necessary to demonstrate the
documents referred to in section 3.4. 15A. 05.2.
15A. If time 06.7 rocking/the rolling of the vessel in less than three seconds
a quarter of its width in meters, it is necessary to dimensions specified chap. 15A. 07
up to 15a 12 increase. It is necessary to submit the documents referred to in section 3.4. 15A. 05.2.
15A. 06.8 in the tables referred to in section 3.4. 15A.07 to 15A.12 and 15a. 14
possible intermediate refit.
15A. 07. Special provisions for masts
15A. 07.1 Wooden masts shall meet the following minimum requirements:
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Length (*) Average in Diameter at the top of the deck at the mast Diameter
(m) (cm) Cross (cm) (cm)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
10 20 17 15
11 22 17 15
12 24 19 17
13 26 21 18
14 28 23 19
15 30 25 21
16 32 26 22
17 34 28 23
18 36 29 24
19 39 31 25
20 41 33 26
21 43 34 28
22 44 35 29
23 46 37 30
24 49 39 32
25 51 41 33
--------------------------------------------------------------------
(*) Distance from the top of the cross to the deck.
--------------------------------------------------------------------
If the mast has two booms, the average increase of at least 10%.
If the mast more than two yards, the average increase at least 15%.
In the case of masts passing through the deck at the foot of the mast diameter must be
at least 75% of the average of the mast to the deck level.
15A. 07.2 masts, Fittings, mast cross belts and couplings must be
sufficiently tightly dimensioned and fitted.
15A. 08. Special provisions for of the topmast
15A. 08.1 Wooden of the topmast must meet the following minimum
requirements:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Length (*) Diameter foot Diameter in the middle of the diameter of the fitting
(m) (cm) (cm) (**) (cm)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
4 8 7 6
5 10 9 7
6 13 11 8
7 14 13 10
8 16 15 11
9 18 16 13
10 20 18 15
11 23 20 16
12 25 22 17
13 26 24 18
14 28 25 20
15 31 27 21
---------------------------------------------------------------------
(*) The total length of the topmast no masthead.
(**) The average level of the topmast the masthead fitting.
Are the topmast increase sail dimensions
listed in the table by 10%.
15A. 08.2 interference between the topmast and the mast must be at least
10 times the required diameter of the topmast.
15A. 09. Special requirements for bowsprits
15A 09.1 Wooden bowsprits must meet the following minimum requirements:
----------------------------------------------------
Length (*) Diameter at the stem diameter at the middle of the length
(m) (cm) (cm)
----------------------------------------------------
4 14.5 12.5
5 18 16
6 22 19
7 25 23
8 29 25
9 32 29
10 36 32
11 39 35
12 43 39
----------------------------------------------------
(*) The total length of the bowsprit.
----------------------------------------------------
15A. 09.2 Part of the bowsprit shall have a length equal to
at least 4 times the diameter of the bowsprit on the bow.
15A. 09.3 Diameter bowsprit on its upper end must be
at least 60% of the average of the bowsprit at the stem.
15A. 10. specific requirements on the jib-boom
15A. 10.1 Wooden jib-booms must meet the following minimum requirements:
---------------------------------------------------------
Length (*) (m) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
---------------------------------------------------------
The diameter at the stem (cm) 7 10 14 17 21 24 28 31 35
---------------------------------------------------------
(*) The total length of the jib-boom.
15A. 10.2 the jib-boom Diameter at its upper end must at least hinit
60% of the diameter at the stem.
15A. 11. Special requirements for main booms
15A. 11.1 Wooden main booms must meet the following minimum
requirements:
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Length (*) (m) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Diameter (cm) 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 23 24 25 26 27
-------------------------------------------------------------------
(*) The total length of the main booms.
15A. 11.2 diameter of pivot shall be at least 72% of the average
specified in the table.
15A. 11.3 average for otěžového corner must be at least 85% of the average
specified in the table.
15A. 11.4 measured from the mast must be the average of the largest two-thirds
the length of the.
15A. 11.5 If
and between the main vratipněm) and the rear edge angle of less than plachtovým
65 ° and the main sheet is attached at the end of booms or
(b)) instead of gripping the reins does not lie opposite the otěžového corner, the Commission may
According to the chapter. 15A. 05.2 request a larger diameter.
15A. 7.2 for sail areas of less than 50 m2 can be used to decrease the diameters
listed in the table.
15A. 12. Special provisions for gaffs
15A. 12.1 Wooden gaff must meet the following minimum requirements:
-------------------------------------------------
Length (*) (m) 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
-------------------------------------------------
Diameter (cm) 10 12 14 16 17 18 20
-------------------------------------------------
(*) The total length of the gaff.
15A. 12.2 the unsupported length of the gaff must not be greater than 75%.
15A. 12.3 tensile strength paprskovitého the harness must be at least
equal to 1,2 times the tensile strength are the trigger end of the boom.
15A. 12.4 point angle paprskovitého the harness must be a maximum of 60 °.
15A. 12.5 if by way of derogation from chapter. 15A. 12.4 point angle paprskovitého
the harness is greater than 60 °, the tensile strength of the Edit with regard to strength,
that act in this case.
15A. 7.8 for sail areas of less than 50 m2 can be smaller diameters,
than are listed in the table.
15A. 13. General provisions for fixed and running rigging
15A. 13.1 Fixed and movable rigging shall comply with the requirements for strength
laid down in section 3.4. 15A. 14a15a. 15.
15A. 13.2 Connection wires may take the form of
and confusion);
b) compression couplings or
c) filling couplings.
Záplety must be wrapped and end must be terminated.
15A. 13.3 the Wire mesh should be provided with eye sockets.
15A. 8.3 the rope must be arranged so that it does not obstruct entrances and on the
the stairs.
15A. 14. Special provisions for fixed rigging
15A. 14.1 forestays and shrouds shall meet the following minimum requirements:
-------------------------------------------------------------
The length of the mast (*) (m) 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
-------------------------------------------------------------
The tensile strength of 160 172 185 200 220 244 269 294
front stěhu (CN)
-------------------------------------------------------------
The tensile strength of 355 415 450 485 525 540 630 720
insertions (CN)
-------------------------------------------------------------
The number of cables and lan 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4
insertions on the one
the side of the
-------------------------------------------------------------
(*) Distance from the top or cross-tree to the Board.
-------------------------------------------------------------
15A. section 14.2 of the topmast Backstays, topmasts,, stěhy for flying jib-stays, jib-boom and
bowsprit shrouds shall meet the following minimum requirements:
----------------------------------------------------------------
The length of the mast (*) (m) < 13 13-18 > 18
----------------------------------------------------------------
The tensile strength of 89 119 159
pardunu (CN)
----------------------------------------------------------------
The tensile strength of 89 119 159
of the topmast (CN)
----------------------------------------------------------------
The length of the topmast < 6 6-8 > 8
(m)
----------------------------------------------------------------
Tensile strength stěhu 58 89 119
for the flying jib-stays (CN)
----------------------------------------------------------------
The length of the jib-boom < 5 5-7 > 7
(m)
----------------------------------------------------------------
The tensile strength of the insertions of the 58 89 119
bowsprit (CN)
----------------------------------------------------------------
(*) Distance from the top or cross-tree to the Board.
15A. 14.3 Construction lan shall preferably be based on the type of
construction 6 x 7 FE in the strength class 1 550 N/mm2. Alternatively, you can
in the same class of strength use type of construction 6 x 36 SE or 6 x 19
Fe. Due to the higher elasticity of design type 6 x 19 it is necessary to increase the
tensile strengths shown in the table by 10%. The use of different structures
LAN is permissible, if comparable properties.
15A. 14.4 if used fixed rigging, tensile strengths shown in the table
It is necessary to increase by 30%.
15A. 14.5 For rigging can be used only approved forks, round eyes and
the studs.
15A. 14.6 bolts, forks, round eyes and slack adjusters must be able to properly
to ensure.
15A. 9.1 the tensile strength of water-stěhu must be at least 1 times
tensile strength of the appropriate stěhu and létavky.
15A. 9.2 for vessels with displacement displacement less than 30 m3 body may
the inspection, allow a reduction of tensile strength in this
table:
----------------------------------------------------
Water displacement divided by the number of masts (m³) of reduction (%)
----------------------------------------------------
> 20 to 30 20
10 to 20 35
< 10 60----------------------------------------------------15a 15. Special provisions for running rigging 15a. 15.1 for running rigging is necessary to use fibre ropes or ropes of steel wire. Minimum tensile strength and diameter of the fixed-line rigging must be in proportion to the area of the sail must meet the following minimum requirements:------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------the Kind of running rigging Material rope sail area (m2) minimum pevnostPrůměr lana (mm) tensile strength (kN)------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Shutter sails stěhové steel wire to 35 20 6 > 35 38 8
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thread (PP) rope diameter of at least 14 mm and one rope sheave
for every 25 m2
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------
Shutter vratiplachty steel wire to 50 20 6
The shutter button of the sails
> 50 to 80 30 8
> 80 to 120 60 10
> 120 to 160 80 12
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thread (PP) rope diameter at least 18 mm and one rope sheave
for every initiated 30 m2
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------
Staysail canvas thread (PP) to 40 14
> 40 18
Sail areas larger than 30 m2, the sheet must have a
the form of a tackle or it must be possible to control
using the winch
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------
The reins of steel wire < vratiplachty 100 60 10/100 to 150 85 12 basket sails > 150 116 14
For the reins of the basket of the sail are nezbytnépružné
connecting elements.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thread (PP) rope diameter at least 18 mm and at least three sheaves.
If the sail area of more than 60 m2, one rope sheave
for 20 m2
---------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------
15A. 15.2 Movable rigging, which forms part of the stěhoví, you must have
tensile strength, which corresponds to the strength of the competent stěhu or insertions.
15A. 9.5 if used materials other than material referred to in chapter IV.
15A. 15.1, must be observed the values of the strength of the given in the table in section 3.4.
15A. 15.1. polyethylene fibre ropes cannot be used.
15A. 16. Fittings and parts of the rigging
15A. 16.1 if used ropes steel wire or fiber
rope, diameter of the rope sheaves (measured from the center of the rope to the middle of the rope)
must meet the following minimum requirements:
--------------------------------------------------------
Steel wire (mm) 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
--------------------------------------------------------
Thread (mm) 16 18 20 22 24 26 28
--------------------------------------------------------
Rope sheave (mm) 100 110 120 130 145 155 165
--------------------------------------------------------
15A. 16.2 Notwithstanding section 15A. 16.1 of the rope sheaves may be equal to the average of
six times the diameter of the steel wire, steel wire, if not moving
through the sheaves.
15A. 16.3 the tensile strength of the fitting (e.g. forks, round ok, brake adjusters,
plates with openings, studs, rings and tie straps) must
match the strength of the fortress to a fixed or running rigging, which is to them
attached.
15A. 10.2 Mounting handles and isolation to bolts must be designed with regard to the
the forces that Act on them.
15A. 10.3 to each eye can only connect one link
together with the stěhem or [15].
15A. 10.3 Pulley runs and blocks the lan must be securely fastened to the
mast and Rotary crowfeet used for this purpose must be
good condition.
15A. The fastening bolts with eye 10.4, oporek, belaying pins and mast
benches must be designed with regard to the forces that Act on them.
15A. 17. Sails
15A. 17.1 it is necessary to ensure that the sail could collapse easily,
quickly and safely.
15A. 10.7 sail area must match the type of vessel and the displacement of the
the vessel.
15A. 18. Equipment
15A. 11.2 vessels are fitted with a jib-čnělkou or bow
čeleném, jib-network, and must have an adequate number of suitable jigs and fixtures and
tensioning devices.
15A. 18.2 From equipment referred to in section 3.4. 15.18.1 may be dispensed with if the jib-boom
flora or nose exclude bowsprits fitted with manually committed and adequately šlapnicí
data for the connection of the safety belt, which must be
on board the vessel.
15A. 11.4 for working in a boatswain's Chair must be available for
provided.
15A. 19.
15A. 19.1 Rigging is checked each 2.5 years. The test must
include at least
and sails including sailing), edges, corners and otěžových ok to kasání;
(b)) status of masts and spars;
(c)) status of fixed and running rigging including the connection of wire ropes;
d) device to Furl the sail quickly and safely;
e) secure mounting of pulleys runs and blocks of ropes;
f) fastening of mast trunks and other mounting points fixed and
running rigging that are attached to the vessel;
g) the winches to control the sails;
(h)) the other device to sailing, for example. the lateral fins and equipment
to control them;
I) measures aimed at preventing friction spars, fixed and
running rigging and sails;
j) equipment referred to in section 3.4. 15A. 18.
15A. Part of the wooden masts, 19.2, which passes through the deck and that is
located below the deck should be checked at intervals to be fixed
the inspection body shall, at the latest, however, at each regularly
the search warrant. To this end, the mast must pull out.
15A. 12.0 on board must be the last inspection certificate
made pursuant to section 3.4. 15A. 19.1, issued by a party authorised by
visits or the body responsible for the inspection of another Member
State of the European Union, indicating the date and the signature.
Chapter 16
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO VESSELS WHICH ARE INTENDED TO BE USED AS A
PART OF A PUSHED OR TOWED CONVOY OR OF A SIDE-REPORT
16.01 craft suitable for pushing.
16.01.1 Vessel, to be used for pushing, must be provided with
a suitable pushing device. Devices must be designed and equipped so
in order to
and the crew could) easily and safely navigate the vessel loaded, if
coupling devices connected;
(b)) could be fixed in a fixed position relative to the attached to the vessel;
(c) prevent relative movement) between vessels.
16.01.2 If the vessels Are connected by ropes, pusher must be equipped with a
at least two special winches or equivalent coupling
device for tensioning ropes.
16.01.3 Connecting device shall provide a solid connection with tlačeným
vessel. If the reports consist of a pusher and only
one pushed vessel, the coupling devices may permit controlled
articulation. The necessary drive units shall easily absorb
the forces that are to be transferred, and must be able to easily and safely
control. These drive units chapter shall apply mutatis mutandis. 5.02 to 5.04.
16.01.4 for the pusher tug of the collision bulkhead may be waived according to the chapter.
burner feed point. and).
16.01.5 in the assessment of compliance with the requirements of this chapter, you must
follow the "Administrative instruction No. 3" set out in Appendix II to
Annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on Inland
waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 "directive of the European Parliament and of the Council
2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for vessels
inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, as amended by
Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,
Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
16.02. vessels can be pushed
16.02.1 To pushed barges without steering gear, living space,
engine or boiler rooms shall not apply
and) chapters 4 to 6 and 12;
(b)), chap. 7.08.2 to 7.08.8, kap. 10.02 and kap. 10.05.1.
If they are on the steering gear lighters, living spaces,
engine or boiler rooms, shall be subject to the relevant requirements of this annex.
16.02.2 For containers for boats, whose length L does not exceed 40 m,
the following applies:
and according to the desks of the conflict) from the kap. burner feed may be omitted if their
the front walls can withstand an proven 2 load than specified
for the collision bulkhead of an inland waterway vessels the same draught
built according to the requirements of an approved classification society.
(b)) by way of derogation from chapter. 7.08.1 may not be the separation of the double bottom, which
are difficult to access, odvodnitelná, if their capacity does not exceed 5
člunového% of the displacement of water container when the largest permissible draught
of the laden vessel.
16.02.3 of the vessel to be pushed, shall be equipped with coupling
the device, which ensures a secure connection to the other vessel.
16.03 craft suitable to drive sideways convoys
16.03.1 vessel that has lead the side-tied the report, it must be
equipped with bollards or equivalent devices which, according to the number and
the arrangement allows the safe side of the vessels.
16.04. vessels which might be conducted in reports
16.04.1 vessel that is to be conducted in the reports must be equipped with
coupling devices, bollards or equivalent devices which, as
the number and arrangement allows a secure connection to another vessel in the
the report.
16.05 craft suitable for towing.
16.05.1 the vessel intended to be towed shall meet the following requirements:
and) the towing devices shall be so arranged that its use does not compromise
the safety of the vessel, crew or cargo.
(b)) and the tug vessel intended to be towed must be fitted with a towing
a hook that can be safely released from the wheelhouse; This does not apply if
construction or other devices preventing overturning.
(c)) the towing devices shall consist of winches or a towing hook. The cod
the device must be placed in front of the plane of the propeller. This requirement is
does not apply to vessels that are controlled by the propulsion units as
kormidlovacími propellers or cykloidními (Voth-Schneider) propellers.
d) Notwithstanding the requirements of subparagraph (c)), it is sufficient for vessels
provide solely přípřež, towing devices such as a bollard or other
equivalent device. Subparagraph (b)) shall apply mutatis mutandis.
e) if there is a danger that the towing rope might catch on the rear of the
the vessel must be installed the deflectors are catchers.
16.05.2 vessel whose length exceeds 86 m, L cannot be used for towing
downstream.
14/06 convoys
16.06.1 To pusher or motor vessel authorised to
tight management report, and for the purpose of writing to certification of vessel
the test shall be carried out by CAP. 4.02 for the report in the required
the shape or shapes that are required at least favourable. Report
must meet the requirements set out in section 3.4. 4.02 to 4.10. During the maneuver
referred to in Chapter 4 is checked to see whether it is maintained all fixed link
vessels in the report.
16.06.2 If, during the test sailings by kap. 16.06.1 on
vessels that are being pushed or led side-tied, special
the device, for example. steering gear power unit or maneuver
device, or articulated couplings, in order to meet the requirements of
in the chapter. 4.02 to 4.10, entered in the certificate of the vessel for vessels
the head of the report: the report shape, position, name and uniform of the European
identification number (ENI) vessels, which are fitted with these
used by special devices.
16.07. entries on the certificate of the vessel
16.07.1 if the vessel Has lead the report or in the report, writes
the certificate of the vessel, the it meets the relevant requirements laid down in
Kap. 16.01 to 14/06.
16.07.2 at the head of the vessel to the certificate of the vessel shall
details:
and report and shapes), approved the report;
(b)) types of connections;
(c)) is the largest established power connector and
(d)), where appropriate, minimum tensile strength of the coupling cables for the longitudinal connection
and also the number of cable windings.
Chapter 17
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO FLOATING EQUIPMENT
17.01. General provisions
17.01.1 On construction and equipment of floating equipment chapters
2, 6 to 14 and 16. Self-propelled floating equipment must comply with the
also the requirements of chapters 4 and 5. Propulsion units permitting only
short distance do not constitute own means of propulsion.
17.02.
17.02.1 by derogation from the kap. 17.01.1 can be followed in the following cases:
and) the maximum sound pressure level set out in chapter IV. 12.02.5 the second
the sentence can be overridden, if work equipment floating equipment in
If no one on the vessel during operation nenocuje;
b) exemptions may be granted with regard to the other requirements relating to the
construction of work equipment or equipment, if it is in any
particular case ensured an equivalent safety.
(c) the fuel tank for the engines) mechanical working equipment
floating devices may not form an integral part of the hull or be
imbedded. You can use mobile tanks, if they meet the following
terms and conditions:
AA) the volume of these tanks shall not exceed 1 000 l.
BB) The tanks shall be capable of sufficiently solid mounting and grounding.
CC) tanks shall be made of steel with sufficient wall thickness and
You must install the drip tray. Drip tub must have
the design of preventing leakage of fuel and pollution of waterways.
Drip tub can be waived, if the tanks are used with
double shell with protection against escape or alert emergency
system and are filled with only an automatic supply valve. This
the provisions are considered to be met, if the design of the mobile
the tank has been certified and approved in accordance with the specific legislation in force.
The certificate of the vessel is about using mobile tanks, the competent
record.
(d)), chap. not does not apply, if the floating equipment during operation
securely anchored by means of working anchors or piles. Floating machine with
self propelled must have at least an anchor complying with the requirements chapter.
While not an empirical coefficient k shall be considered equal to 45 and for T
the minimum height shall be used;
e) chap. 12.02.1 on sufficient daily lighting, can be a living spaces
adequately electrically illuminate.
17.02.3 in addition,
and) for kap. 7.08.2 second sentence: bilge pump shall have a mechanical
drive;
(b)) for the chapter. 7.10.3: If work equipment in use, noise in the
a point 25 m from the side of the floating equipment shall not exceed 65 dB (A).
The noise measurement shall be carried out according to the "Administrative instruction No. 5" set out in Appendix
(II) to annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the
inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 "directive of the European
Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for
inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in
the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,
Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
(c)) for the chapter. 10.03.1: requires at least one additional portable fire extinguishers
the unit is located on board work equipment which is not tightly
attached to the vessel;
(d)) for the chapter. 14.02.2: in addition to the liquefied gas installations for domestic
use may only be installed on board vessels and other equipment for liquefied
gas. These devices and their accessories shall meet the requirements for
the specified technical equipment.
21. requirements for alarm system
17.03.1 floating equipment on which persons during operation, you must
be equipped with a general alarm system. Alarm signal shall be
clearly distinguishable from other signals and in accommodation spaces and
in all workplaces must be ensured by sound pressure level,
that is at least 5 DB(a) higher than the highest local level
sound pressure level. Alarm signal must be controllable from the wheelhouse and
the main sites. Measurement of the sound pressure level shall be carried out according to the "Administrative
Guideline No 5 "set out in Appendix II to annex II minimum technical
requirements for vessels on inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3, and
4 "directive of the European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down the
technical requirements for inland waterway vessels and repealing Directive
Council 82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC,
Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
17.03.2 working machine must have sufficient strength to withstand a load,
that is exposed to, and must comply with the requirements laid down in a special
legislation. ^ 10)
17.03.3 stability (resistance to movement) and the strength of the working machines
and its mounting must be such as to withstand the forces resulting from the
the assumed inclination, tilt and motion.
17.03.4 to lift the burdens of using lifting equipment must be
the maximum authorised load with regard to stability and strength shown
visibly on the signs on board and the control stations. If it can be
load capacity increase by connecting additional floats shall be clearly
listed permissible values as when using these floats, so even without the
them.
17.04 residual safety clearance.
17.04.1 for the purposes of this chapter and by way of derogation from chapter. the remaining 1.01
safety clearance means the shortest vertical distance between the
the water surface and the lowest part of the floating machine, over which it has no engine
Furthermore, waterproof, taking into account trim and heel resulting from the
the moments referred to in chapter IV. 17.07.4.
17.04.2 the residual safety clearance according to chap. 17.07.1 u
any hole water splash-resistant and weatherproof
sufficient if the price is at least 300 mm.
17.04.3 in the hole that is not resistant to splashing water and
weather resistant, residual safety clearance must be
at least 400 mm.
17.05 residual freeboard.
17.05.1 for the purposes of this chapter and by way of derogation from chapter. 1.01 with the remaining
freeboard means the shortest vertical distance between the water level and
the upper edge of the deck, taking into account trim and heel resulting from the
the moments referred to in chapter IV. 17.07.4.
17.05.2 the residual freeboard according to chap. 17.07.1 enough, if the
at least 300 mm.
17.05.3 the residual freeboard may be reduced, if it is proven that they are fulfilled
the requirements of the chapter. 17.08.
17.05.4 Distinguishes the shape of the float significantly from the shape of a pontoon, for example. in
the case of cylindrical floats, or if it has a cross section of the float more than four
Parties, the inspection body may require or allow
the residual freeboard that differs from the kap. 17.05.2. This also applies To
floating equipment with more floats.
17.06. stability Test
17.06.1 confirmation of stability according to section 3.4. 17.07 and 17.08 shall be based
the duly executed the test of stability.
17.06.2 If you cannot achieve adequate stability during the test angles
tilt or if they meant disproportionate technical stability test
difficulties, it can replace the vessel's centre of gravity and weight calculation. The result of the
calculating the weight must be checked by measuring the draught and the difference must not
not exceed +/-5%.
17.07 confirmation of stability.
17.07.1 it is necessary to confirm that with regard to the loading for which the
occurs when the operation of the work equipment and during the voyage, the remaining free
Bok and residual safety clearance are sufficient. For this
the purpose must not exceed the sum of the trim and heeling angles 10 ° and the bottom of the float
may not emerge.
17.07.2 confirmation of stability shall include the following information and documents:
and scale drawings of floats) and work equipment and details,
which are necessary for confirmation of stability, for example. the contents of the tanks, openings
to allow access to the inside of the vessel;
b) hydrostatic data or curves;
c) righting lever curves for static stability,
If you require according to chap. 17.07.5 or by chapter. 17.08;
d) description of the operating conditions with the relevant data about the weight and
the Centre of gravity of the unladen condition and including the status of the device in terms of
transport;
(e)), the tilt and flip the calculation of countervailing torque with angle data
trim and tilt and the corresponding residual freeboard and the remaining
safety distance;
(f) a summary of the results of the calculations), stating the limit values relating to the
operation and the largest load.
17.07.3 confirmation of stability shall be based on at least the following assumptions
relating to load:
and the density of the material extracted in) excavators:
-sand and gravel: 1.5 t/m3
-very wet sand: 2.0 t/m3
-soil on average: 1.8 t/m3
-a mixture of sand and water in the pipes: 1.3 t/m3;
(b)) for excavators, drapákových values referred to in point (a)) increased by 15
%;
(c)) will be considered for hydraulic excavators of the highest load capacity.
17.07.4.1 When confirmation of stability shall take into account the moments resulting from:
and) load;
(b) the unbalanced design;)
c) wind pressure;
d) rotation of the floating equipment with its own power during the voyage;
e) cross flow;
f) ballast and stocks;
g) load the deck, and, where applicable, cargo;
h) free surfaces of liquids;
I) inertial forces;
(j)) of other mechanical equipment.
Moments that can act at the same time, are added together.
17.07.4.2 Moment due to wind pressure shall be calculated by the following formula:
T
MW = c. PW. And (Iw +-) [kNm]
2
where
c = coefficient depending on the shape. U frame
construction (c) = 1.2 and massive beams c = 1.6.
Both values take into account wind gusts. Under the surface
area exposed to wind the entire area is considered to be closed
the outline frame.
PW = the specific wind pressure; It is consistently the value of 0.25
kN/m2;
A = lateral plane above the plane of maximum draught line in
M2;
IW = the distance from the center of the lateral area and the plane of
maximum draught, in m.
17.07.4.3 to determine the moments caused by turning during the voyage by kap.
17.07.4.1 (e). d) for self-propelled floating equipment will be used
the formula given in section 3.4. 15.03.6.
17.07.4.4 Moment due to transverse flow according to chap. 17.07.4.1 (e).
e) is taken into account only for floating equipment that is in operation
embedded or attached across the stream.
17.07.4.5 when calculating moments caused by liquid and liquid
inventory according to section 3.4. 17.07.4.1 (e). (f)) is determined from the point of view of stability
the least positive degree of filling the tank, and the moment is assumed to
the calculation.
17.07.4.6 Moment due to inertial forces according to chap. 17.07.4.1
(a). (I)) should be adequately consider, if it can be expected that the stability
will affect the movements of the burden and work equipment.
17.07.5 Buffer can be used for torques floats with vertical side walls
calculated according to the formula __ Ma = 10. (D). MG. sinfí [kNm] where: __ MG =
metacentric height, in m; Phi = the heeling angle in degrees
This formula shall apply up to angles of inclination of 10 ° or up to an angle of heel,
that corresponds to the edge of the deck immersion or Emersion dna; decisive is
the smallest angle.
The formula can be used for sloped side walls up to angles of inclination 5 °; applies
also limit the conditions laid down in chapter IV. 17.07.3 and 17.07.4. If
the special shape of the float (s) does not allow such simplification,
lever return torque curves according to section 3.4. 17.07.2 (e). (c)).
17.08. Confirmation of stability with less residual freeboard
17.08.1 where a smaller residual freeboard according to chap. 17.05.3, it is
for all operating conditions must be shown that the
and after repairs for free) liquid level is not a metacentric height of less
than 0.15 m;
(b)) for heeling angles between 0 and 30 ° is a righting lever of at least
h = 0.30-0.28. fín [m]
NES is the heeling angle from which the lever return torque curve
It shows negative values (a range of stability); shall be not less than 20 °
or 0.35 councils and to the formula with a maximum of 30 ° or appoints 0.52 rad,
for which it's the radian (rad) (1 ° = 0.01745 rad);
(c) the sum of the angles) trim and heel shall not exceed 10 °;
(d)) the residual safety clearance is maintained in accordance with the requirements of the
Article 17.04 remains;
e) is retained for the remaining freeboard of at least 0.05 m;
(f)) for heeling angles between 0 and 30 ° is retained the remaining lever arm
the return of the moment at least
h = 0.20-0.23. fín [m]
and the tilt angle from which the curve of the righting levers
It shows negative values; into the formula, not more than 30 ° appoints or 0.52
rad.
The remaining arm of the lever the return torque means the maximum difference between
0 ° and 30 ° heeling lever curve return between the torque and the curve
the lever arm heeling moments. If water gets to the hole
towards the inside of the vessel at a heeling angle less than tilt angle
corresponding to the largest difference between the curves of the lever arm,
account the lever corresponding to this angle of inclination.
17.09. Draught marks and draught scales
17.09.1 must be carried out on the vessel draught marks and draught
the scale according to the chapter. 3.04 and 3.06.
17.10. Floating equipment without confirmation of stability
17.10.1 By the use of kap. 17.04 to 17.08 may be dispensed with for floating equipment,
and the work equipment) cannot in any way change the tilt or
the slope of this machine and
(b)) if it can be reasonably ruled out shifting the center of gravity, and at the same time conditions
referred to in chapter IV. 17.10.2.
17.10.2 for floating equipment according to chap. 17.10.1 must continue to apply:
and) at maximum load the safety clearance shall be at least
300 mm and the freeboard of at least 150 mm;
(b)) for openings which cannot be closed so as to be resistant to splashing
water and weather resistant, the safety clearance shall be at least
500 mm.
___________
10) Government Regulation No. 24/2003 Coll., laying down technical
requirements for machinery.
Chapter 18
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO WORKSITE CRAFT
18.01. operating conditions
18.01.1 Working vessels that are marked as such in the certificate
vessels may navigate outside of the work area on the fairway only
unladen mass. The vessel shall be entered on the certificate restrictions regarding the
the field work and the stretch of waterway on which a vessel may be
powered by:, where appropriate, restrictions on hours of work.
18.02. Application of the requirements of this annex
18.02.1 unless otherwise indicated in this chapter, the construction and equipment
working vessels must be in accordance with the provisions of chapters 2 to 14 of this
of the annex.
18.03.
18.03.1 For working vessels are permitted the following deviations from the
the provisions of this Annex:
and the provisions of section) burner feed shall apply mutatis mutandis.
(b) if the vessel Has) self drive, shall apply, mutatis mutandis, chapters 4 and 5.
c) chap. 10.02.2 (e). a) and b) shall apply mutatis mutandis.
(d)) the inspection body may grant exemptions with regard to the
the construction, equipment and outfit, if in each case
demonstrated equivalent safety.
18.03.1 meet the requirements may be waived:
and) chap. 7.08.2 to 7.08.8, if it is not prescribed by the crew;
(b)), chap. and not 10.01.3, if you can work the vessel safely to dock
using working anchors or piles. The working of the vessel with its own
However, the drive must be equipped with at least one anchor, which complies with the
the requirements set out in chapter IV. 10.01 paragraph. 1, while the coefficient for the
considered equal to 45 and T shall apply minimum height;
c) chap. 10.02.1 (b). (c)), if the business does not have a vessel self drive.
18.04. The safety clearance and freeboard
18.04.1 is used as a working vessel discharge boat for
amelioration of work or as a storage hopper, a safety
distance out of the hold the cargo space shall be at least 300 mm and
freeboard at least 150 mm. Less freeboard may be the body responsible for
the inspection is enabled, if it is proved that the stability calculation is
sufficient for the load with a density of 1.5 t/m3 and that no side of the deck
He doesn't get to the surface of the water. It is necessary to take into account the effect of liquid
cargo.
18.04.2 Kap. 3.01 and 3.02 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the working vessels
are not included in the chapter. 18.04.1. For safety clearance and freeboard
other values can be determined.
18.05. Ship's boats
18.05.1 the working vessel may not have a ship's boat, if
and) does not have self drive or
(b) the ship's boat) is available in the work area on the fairway.
This derogation shall be entered in the certificate of the vessel.
Chapter 19
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO VESSELS ON INLAND WATERWAYS
ROADS in zone 4
19.01. The application of Chapter 4
19.01.1 by derogation from the kap. 3.01.1. and the safety distance at 3.01.2
doors and openings except hatch storage space for vessels that are
operated on inland waterways in zone 4, reduces as follows:
and) for openings which can be closed so as to be resistant to splashing water
and weather resistant to 150 mm;
(b)) for openings which cannot be closed so as to be resistant to splashing
water and weather resistant to 200 mm.
19.01.2 by derogation from the kap. 3.02 the minimum freeboard of vessels
operated on inland waterways in the zone 4 is 0 mm,
If compliance with the safety clearance according to chap. 3.01.1.
Chapter 20
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO RECREATIONAL CRAFT
20.01. Application of the requirements of this annex
20.01.1 recreational craft shall meet the following requirements:
and) chap. 2.01, kap. 2.02.1 (b). and), chap. 2.02.2, kap. burner feed point. and)
Kap. 2.03.6 and chapter. 2.04.1;
(b)), Chapter 4;
c) chap. 5.01.1 and chapter. 5.08;
(d)), chap. 6.01.1, kap. 6.01.2, kap. 6.02, kap. 6.03.1, kap. 6.03.2, kap.
from, kap. 6.05.2 and chapter. 6.13 if approval is required
lay out of the wheelhouse to control the vessel's radar by one person;
e) chap. 7.01.1, 7.01.2, 7.02.1, 7.02.2, 7.03.1, 7.03.3, kap. 7.04, kap.
7.05.1 to 7.05.10, 7.05.13, 7.08.1, 7.08.2, 7.08.5, 7.08.7, 7.08.10,
7.09.1 and chapter. 7.10;
f) Likewise, kap. 9.01.1;
g) chapter. 10.01.2, 10.01.3, and 10.01.5 to 10.01.14, kap. 10.02.1 (b). and)
to c), 10.02.2 (a). a) and e) to (h)), (b) 10.03.1. a), b) and (d)) on the
the vessel, however, must be located at least two fire extinguishers; Kap.
10.03.2 to 10.03.6, kap. 10.03 a, kap. 10 .03B, kap. (c) section 10.03. 10.05;
h) Chapter 13;
I) Chapter 14.
20.01.2, recreational craft, which are covered by specific legal
prescription ^ 11), with the first tour and regular tours apply only
on
and) chap. 5.08, if installed on the vessel turn indicator;
(b)), chap. 6.01.2, kap. 6.02, kap. 6.03.1 and kap. 6.13 if required
the approval of the arrangement of the wheelhouse to the control by one person with
using radar;
c) chap. 7.01.2, 7.02.1, 7.03.3, 7.05.5, 7.08.2, kap. 7.10;
(d)), chap. 10.01.2, 10.01.3, 10.01.6, 10.01.14 10.02.1 (b), (b)), and (c)),
10.02.2 (e). a) and e) to (h)), (b) 10.03.1. (b)), and (d)), 10.03.2 to 10.03.6,
Kap. 10.05;
e) Chapter 13;
f) from Chapter 2:
AA) chap. 14.12;
BB) chap. 14.13 acceptance test, after the introduction of liquefied
gas in the operation shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements laid down in a special
by law, the report of receipt shall be forwarded to the State of the Canal administration;
CC) chap. 14.14 and 14.15; liquefied gas installations shall be in accordance
with the requirements laid down by the specific legislation;
DD) the entire chapter 14, if the liquefied gas installation is fitted after the
the placing on the market of the recreational craft.
_________________
11) Government Regulation 174/2005 Coll., laying down technical requirements
on recreational craft, partly completed recreational craft on
their selected parts, personal watercraft and recreational propulsion engines
vessels and watercraft.
Chapter 21
STABILITY OF VESSELS CARRYING CONTAINERS
21.01. General provisions
21.01.1 Chapter 21 shall apply to vessels designed to carry
containers in more than two layers. Stability documents shall be
checked and properly bear the imprint of the stamp of the body into the rectangular
by the inspection.
21.01.2 stability documents shall provide the boatmaster to understand
information on the vessel's stability for all load conditions. Evidence of
stability must include at least
and the permissible rates) the data on stability, the permissible values
Kg or the permissible heights for the Centre of gravity of the cargo;
(b)) the data on areas that you can fill the ballast water;
c) forms for the stability control;
d) instructions for use or the example of the calculation for the leader of the vessel.
21.01.3 for vessels, which carry containers can be secured even
unsecured, to provide a separate calculation for confirmation of stability
transport of unsecured and secured cargoes.
21.01.4 Container cargo is considered to be secured only if the
each individual container is firmly secured to the ship's hull by using
Guide device, or locking device and its location during
Cruises can change that.
21.02. Limit conditions and method of calculation for confirmation of stability for the
the carriage of unsecured containers
21.03. Limit conditions and method of calculation for confirmation of stability for the
the transport of secured containers
21.04. Procedure for assessment of stability on board
21.04.1 procedure for assessment of stability on the Board can be determined from the documents
referred to in chapter IV. 22.01.2.
Chapter 22
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE to CRAFT LONGER THAN 110 M
22.01. Inspection and supervision
22.01.1 State ferry inspections during the administration phase
construction. From inspections during the building stage may be omitted if it is before the
the start of construction of the certificate in which the approved classification
the company States that it will carry out the construction supervision.
22.02. strength
22.02.1 approved classification society verifies the sufficient strength
the hull under the CAP. 3.02.1 (b). (a) the longitudinal, transverse and local
Fortress) and issue a certificate.
22.03. Buoyancy and stability
22.03.1 Kap. 22.03.2 to 22.03.9 shall apply to vessels longer than 110 m
with the exception of passenger ships.
22.03.2 proof of sufficient stability, including stability in the compromised
the State, it is necessary to check for the most unfavourable loading condition. Basic
values for the calculation of the weight of an empty vessel-and center of gravity-
shall be determined
-using stability tests or
-a detailed calculation of the weight and moment, with the weight of an empty
vessel draught control verifies the tolerance +/-5% between the mass
specified in the calculation and the displacement determined by deducting the dive.
22.03.3 proof of buoyancy in the damaged condition shall be verified for the fully
loaded vessel. Buoyancy in damage is established by calculating the
proof of sufficient stability for critical intermediate stages of flooding and
the final stage of flooding. Negative values of stability in intermediate stages is verified flooding
can be recognized, if demonstrated sufficient stability in subsequent
left.
22.03.4 for the disturbed State is taken into account are:
and with the extent of the damage)
transverse extent: 0.59 m,
vertical: from the base of the plane up without restriction.
(b)) the extent of dna damage
longitudinal: at least 0.10 L,
transverse extent: 3.00 m
vertical: from the base 0.39 m upwards plane except the sump.
(c)) all bulkheads in the damaged area shall be considered as damaged, which
indicates that the partition must be selected so that the vessel was able to
the voyage after the flooding of two or more adjacent in the longitudinal direction.
For the main engine room it is necessary to take into account the status of only 1 Department, IE.
the end bulkheads of the engine room shall be deemed intact. When you damage
the bottom shall be considered as flooded also adjacent in the transverse direction.
d) Permeability
Permeability is assumed to be 95%. By way of derogation from this assumption can be
Use this permeability:
-engine room and operating room: 85%
-double bottoms, fuel tanks, ballast tanks, etc. Depending on the
It shall, if they are, according to their function in the floating vessel with the greatest
permissible draught for full or empty: 0 or 95%.
If the calculation shows that the average permeability of the Department
is lower, the calculated value may be used.
(e) the lower edge of any non-watertight openings) (e.g. doors, Windows, input the mouths)
may not be the final flooding lower than 100 mm above the waterline in the
damaged.
22.03.5 Stability in the compromised state is sufficient, if on the basis of
assumptions in the chapter. 22.03.4:
and when the final flooding remains) a safety distance of at least 100
mm and tilt angle of the vessel does not exceed 5 ° or
(b)) it confirms calculations in accordance with the procedure of calculation of stability
in the damage referred to in the specific legislation.
22.03.6 if they are on a ship for transverse holes flooding or flooding
the lower area to reduce the unsymmetrical flooding, the time
the compensation shall not exceed 15 minutes, if it was left in the flood
demonstrated sufficient stability in the compromised state.
22.03.7 holes when possible, which could result in additional
the flooding undamaged Department close the watertight, the closing device
must be marked in accordance with the instructions for use.
22.03.8 Proof by calculation in accordance skap. 22.03.2-22.03.5 can
replace the damaged stability calculation referred to in other legal
prescription.
22.03.9-If this is necessary to fulfil the requirements of paragraphs kap. 22.03.2
or 22.03.3, the plane of maximum draught again.
22.04. Additional requirements
22.04.1 Vessels longer than 110 m shall
and) be fitted with a drive system with multiple screws, with at least two
independent Motors of the same power and bow-thruster
a device that is controlled from the wheelhouse and is also effective when
If the vessel is not loaded, or have a single propeller propulsion system and
bow propulsion controlled from the wheelhouse, with own power supply that is
also effective when the craft is loaded, and that allows you to make
the vessel in the event of failure of the main drive system has been moving
self propelled speed of at least 6.5 km/h relative to the water surface
so that it is able to achieve and maintain the rotation speed of the vessel 20
°/min, which must be verified by ferry to the test under the conditions of kap.
4.03 and 4.04.;
(b) be fitted with a radar-based system) control, along with the pointer speed
rotation according to chap. 6.06.1;
(c)) have a fixed drainage system according to chap. 7.08;
(d)) meet the requirements of chapter. 23.09.1.1.
22.04.2 for vessels with the exception of passenger vessels longer than 110 m, which
In addition to the chapter. 22.04.1
and) can be separated in case of disaster at one-third of the vessel without
the use of heavy salvage equipment, with separate parts
vessels are still capable of Navigation Department;
(b)) have a certificate carried on board and which issued the
approved classification society regarding buoyancy, trim and
the stability of the separate parts of the vessel, indicating the status of the load at
above which cannot ensure the buoyancy of both parts;
(c)) are built as double hull vessels in accordance in
special legislation;
d) are equipped with a propulsion system with multiple screws according to chap. 22.04.1
(a). and the first half-sentence);
in paragraph 52 of the certificate stating that the vessel meets all requirements
letter a) to (d)). Proof of buoyancy, trim and stability of separate
parts of the vessel referred to in subparagraph (b)) must be carried out in accordance with the "Administrative
Instruction No. 18 "set out in Appendix II to annex II minimum technical
requirements for vessels on inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3, and
4 "directive of the European Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down the
technical requirements for inland waterway vessels and repealing Directive
Council 82/714/EEC, as amended by Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC,
Directive 2008/87/EC, Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
22.04.3 for passenger vessels longer than 110 m, which in addition to chap. 22.04.1
and) are built or rebuilt to the highest class under the supervision of the recognised
classification societies, which must be confirmed by a certificate issued by
classification societies, and recover the class is not necessary;
(b))
have a double bottom height of at least 600 mm, and such a Division, so that when the
flooding of two adjacent watertight separation vessel neponořilo under
the plane of the margin line and the residual safety clearance remained
100 mm,
or
have a double bottom height of at least 600 mm, and the double hull is
the distance between the side wall of the vessel and the longitudinal bulkhead of at least 800
mm;
(c)) are fitted with a drive system with multiple screws with at least two
independent Motors of the same power and running of the drive that
can be controlled from the wheelhouse and in the longitudinal and transverse direction;
(d)) allow you to control the stern anchors directly from the wheelhouse; in point 52
certificate stating that the vessel meets all the requirements of the letter a) to (d)).
22.05. Application of exceptions
22.05.1 On vessels converted to a length greater than 110 m may be applied
the provisions of Chapter 24 of this annex only on the basis of specific
recommendation of the European Commission.
CHAPTER 22a
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO HIGH-SPEED VESSELS
22A. 01. General provisions
22A. 01.1 high-speed vessels shall not be constructed as cabin
the ships.
22A. 01.2 on fast vessels are disabled the following devices:
and knotovými devices) burners according to chap. 13.02;
(b)) the oil stove with odpařovacími burners according to chap. 13.03 and 13.04;
c) solid fuel heating appliances referred to in section 3.4. 13.07;
d) liquefied gas installations referred to in chapter 14.
22A. 02. Guided tours and building supervision
22A. 02.1 high-speed vessels must be built and classified under the
the supervision and in accordance with the provisions of an approved classification society which has the
Special provisions applicable to high-speed vessels. Class must be maintained.
22A. 03. Application of the requirements of this annex
22A. 03.1 regardless of kap. 22.13.2 and chapter. 22.12.2 on fast
vessels covered by chapters 3 to 15, and the exception of the following:
and) chap. 2.04.6 and 2.04.2;
(b)), chap. 7.08.2, second sentence;
c) chap. 11.02.4 the second and third sentence;
(d)), chap. 12.02.4 second sentence;
e) chap. 15.06.3 (e). and the second sentence).
22A. By way of derogation from section 03.2 15.02.9 and chapter. all doors must be 15.15.7
in watertight bulkheads on the remote control.
22A. By way of derogation from Chapter 03.3. in the event of failure or 5.02.1 incorrect
steering apparatus drive unit function begins to work immediately
the second independent steering apparatus drive unit or manual drive.
22A. 04. Seats and seat belts
22A. 04.1 For maximum permitted number of passengers on board must be
available seats. The seats shall be fitted with safety belts. From
safety belts may be dispensed with if the vessel is equipped with the appropriate
impact protection, or if you do not require a referred to in Chapter 4, part 6
The code for the fast craft (HSC Code) 2000.
22A. 05. Freeboard
22A. 05.1 Notwithstanding section 3.02 and 3.03 must be a freeboard of at least 500
mm.
22A. 06. Buoyancy, stability and subdivision
22A. 06.1 for high-speed vessels must submit documentation for
and buoyancy related properties) and stability that provide
safety of a vessel sailing with a displacement of, and that in the intact and
damaged;
b) stability characteristics and stabilization systems that
ensure the safety of the vessel, if it is operated with a dynamic buoyancy
and in a transitional phase;
c) stability characteristics in the non-displacement and in
a transitional phase for the safe transfer of a vessel to the displacement mode in
the case of a malfunction of the system.
22A. 07. The wheelhouse
22A. 07.1 Arrangement
and by way of derogation from section 3.4.) 6.01.1 of the wheelhouse shall be so arranged that
the helmsman and crew could at any time during the voyage to meet its
tasks.
b) control position shall be arranged so that it could be
workstations for the persons referred to in point (a)). The device to the
navigation, manoeuvring, monitoring and communication and other important control
the elements must be sufficiently close together to another crew member and the leader of the
the vessel may obtain the necessary information and control needed to control
elements and devices while seated. In all cases, subject to the following requirements:
AA) control position for the helmsman must be arranged so as to
allow management of the vessel by radar by one person;
BB) the second member of the crew must have at your workplace (auxiliary)
the radar screen and must be able to intervene from his station in the
information transmission and control of the vessel propulsion.
(c)) the persons referred to in (a)) must be able to control the equipment referred to
in subparagraph (b)), uninhibited, and even when they are properly used
safety belts.
22A. 07.2 Unlimited views
and by way of derogation from section 3.4.) 6.02.2 must not be a limited view of the helmsman while seated
before the bow more than one length of the vessel, regardless of the load.
(b)) by way of derogation from chapter. 6.02.3 the total cutting sections without free
perspective from the front up to 22.5 ° towards the rear on each side shall not exceed
20 °. Every single time without free term must not exceed 5 °.
Clear stretch between two sections of the free term shall not be less than
10 °.
22A. 07.3 Apparatus
The instrument panel for the operation and control of the equipment referred to in section 3.4.
22.11 must reside on separate and clearly marked positions in the
the wheelhouse. The same shall apply, where appropriate, for the controls to run
collective life-saving appliances on the water.
22A. 07.4 Lighting
For a zone or part of a device that must be used during operation of the
illuminated, the red light.
22A. 07.5 Window
It is necessary to avoid reflections. The funds must be used, which
avoid glare sunlight.
22A. 07.6 surface materials
In the wheelhouse is necessary to prevent reflective surface materials.
22A. 08. Additional equipment
22A. 08.1 high-speed vessels must have this additional equipment:
a) radar equipment and speed of rotation indicator according to chap. 6.06.1;
b) easily accessible personal flotation devices in accordance with European standard EN
395:1998 for the maximum permitted number of persons on board.
22A. 09. Enclosed spaces
22A 09.1 General provisions
Spaces accessible to all persons and living spaces and the appropriate device
It must be designed so that the person is properly used, will not suffer
injury during normal or emergency starting off or stop or during
maneuvering in a normal voyage and in case of failure or improper
control.
22A. 09.2 Communication
and) to inform passengers about the safety precautions must be
all passenger vessels equipped with acoustic and Visual devices that
they can see and hear all the passengers on board.
(b)) using a device described in paragraph (a)) may give the helmsman
instructions to passengers.
(c)) all passengers have their seat in the proximity of available instructions
in case of an emergency, including the plan of the vessel with the designation of all
exits, escape routes, emergency equipment, means of rescue and
instructions for the use of life-jackets.
22A. 10. Exits and escape routes
22ba Escape and evacuation routes 10.1 shall meet the following requirements:
a) must be a easy, safe and quick access from the control
the Habitat of the spaces and living quarters, to which they have access
passengers;
b) escape routes leading to emergency exits must be clearly and
durably marked;
(c)) all exits must be properly identified. The functioning of the opening
the mechanism must be clear from the outside and from the inside;
d) escape routes and emergency exits shall have a suitable safety
guidance system. The suitability of the safety guidance system must be
judged by "Administrative instruction No. 21" set out in Appendix II to
Annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on Inland
waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 "directive of the European Parliament and of the Council
2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for vessels
inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, as amended by
Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,
Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
(e)) next to the exits must be left sufficient scope for Member
the crew.
22A. 11. Fire protection and prevention
22A. 11.1 Corridors, rooms and living spaces that are accessible
to the public, and also galleys and engine rooms shall be connected to an appropriate
fire alarm system. The suitability of the fire alarm system must be
assessed in accordance with the "Administrative instruction No. 17" set out in Appendix II to
Annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on Inland
waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 "directive of the European Parliament and of the Council
2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for vessels
inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, as amended by
Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,
Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
A fire and its location is displayed automatically at the
permanently manned by the crew.
22A. 11.2 machinery spaces shall be fitted with a fixed fire-fighting system according to
Kap. 10 .03B.
22A. 11.3 rooms and accommodation accessible to the public and their
escape routes shall be equipped with fire-fighting system with sprinklerovou
pressurized water pursuant to chapter. 10.03 and used water to quickly drain and
take out.
22A. 12. transitional provisions
22A. 12.1 Quick vessel that was to to 31. March 2003, valid
the certificate of the vessel shall comply with the following provisions of this
chapters:
and) chap. 22A. 01, 22a. 04.08, 22a, 22a. 09, 22a. 10, chap. 22A. 11. l at
renewal of the certificate of the vessel;
(b)) on 1 January. April 2013, kap. 22A. 07.1, 22a. 07.3, 22a. 07.4, 07.5 and 22a.
22A. 07.6;
(c)) on 1 January 2002. January 2023 all other provisions.
Chapter 23
EQUIPMENT OF VESSELS WITH REGARD TO CREW
23.09. equipment of vessels
23.09.1 for motor vessels, pusher tug, pusher, and reports
passenger vessels shall be entered in the certificate of the vessel, in paragraph 47, whether or
failure to comply with paragraph 1.1 or 1.2. In assessing compliance with standards
S1 and S2 shall be treated according to "Administrative instruction No. 20" set out in Appendix II
Annex II minimum technical requirements for vessels on the
inland waterways of zones 1, 2, 3 and 4 "directive of the European
Parliament and Council Directive 2006/87/EC laying down technical requirements for
inland waterway vessels and repealing Council Directive 82/714/EEC, in
the texts of Directive 2006/137/EC, Directive 2008/59/EC, Directive 2008/87/EC,
Directive 2008/68/EC and Directive 2008/126/EC.
23.09.1.1 Standard S1
a) propulsion systems are arranged so that, from the steering position
It was possible to change the speed of the vessel and the orientation of the propeller thrust.
The auxiliary engines required to operate can be turned on and off from the
the steering position, if this does not occur automatically, or if
the engines are not running continuously during the voyage.
(b)) to indicate values outside the range for safe operation
-the temperature of the cooling water of the main engines,
-lubricating oil pressure for the engines and transmissions,
-oil pressure and air reverse units main engines,
reversible transmissions or propellers,
-layer States collection space in the main engine room
monitoring is ensured by the instruments referred to in
If the function executes in the wheelhouse audible and Visual
signals. Acoustic alarm signals can be combined into a single sound
warning device. As soon as the fault is recognized, it is possible
to turn off. Visual alarm signals can be switched off only after the removal of
disorders that were run.
(c)) to the fuel supply system and cooling system of main engine occurs automatically.
(d)) the steering gear is operable by one person, even when
the biggest dive, without incurring the special forces.
(e)), from the steering position is possible to give a Visual and acoustic signals
required by the provisions of national or international shipping
authorities.
d) if there is no direct connection between the control unit and the bow,
Stern, living rooms and engine rooms, this is the vessel is equipped with a voice
communication system. For communicating with the engine rooms, this can take the form of
a Visual or acoustic signal.
g) prescribed the ship's boat can run on water, one member of the crew alone, and
at the appropriate time.
h) the vessel is equipped with a lamp, which can be operated from the control
the Habitat.
I) to control the cranks and similar pivoting part of the lifting equipment
There is no need for more strength than 160 N.
Towing winches to) entered in the certificate of the vessel are powered.
l) bilge pumps and pumps for washing floors have powered.
m) the main control unit and control instruments are arranged
ergonomically.
n) devices by kap. 5.01.1 can be controlled remotely from the control
the Habitat.
23.09.1.2 Standard S2
and) for motor vessels sailing independently: standard S1 and Additionally
bow-thruster device equipment which can be operated from the
the steering position.
(b)) For motor vessels that lead laterally linked reports: standard S1 and
Additionally equipped with bow-thruster device that can be
operated from the steering position.
(c)) For motor vessels leading the pushed convoy composed of motor boats and
vessels at the front:
standard S1 and additionally equipped with hydraulic or electrically operated
coupling winches. This device is not required when the vessel
at the head of the pushed convoy is equipped with bow-thruster device
which can be operated from the steering position the pusher motor boats.
d) for pushers push head Assembly: standard S1 and
Additionally equipped with hydraulic or electrically operated coupling
winches. This device is not required if the vessel is at the forefront of
the pushed convoy is equipped with bow-thruster device that can be
operated from the steering position of the pusher.
e) for passenger ships:
standard S1 and additionally equipped with bow-thruster device
which can be operated from the steering position. However, this does not require
If the propulsion system and steering system ensures passenger ships
an equivalent manoeuvrability
.
Chapter 24
TRANSITIONAL AND FINAL PROVISIONS
24.01. Transitional provisions for vessels used for navigation on the Rhine
24.01.1 Kap. 24.02 to 24.04 apply only to vessels
proven was equipped to 30. December 2008 the ship's certificate in accordance with
the regulation on inspection of shipping on the Rhine, in the version in force on 31 December 2005.
December 1994, or to whom it was issued, the certificate at a later time,
If on 31 March 2002. December 1994 were under construction or passed through
the reconstruction.
24.01.2 On vessels used for navigation on the Rhine, which are not included in the
Kap. 24.01.1, covered by the chapter. 24.06.
24.02 derogations for craft which are already in service
24.02.1 without prejudice to the chapter. 24.03 and 24.04, craft, which must
they are not in accordance with the requirements of this annex,
and) be modified to meet these provisions under the transitional
the provisions referred to in chapter IV. 24.02.2, and
(b)) to be editing in accordance with the regulation on inspection of shipping on the
The Rhine, in the version in force on 31 December 2005. December 1994.
vessels referred to in Chapter 24.02.2. 24.01.1 shall comply with:
and the requirements of section 3.4.) 2.03.2, residential requirements chapter. 2.03.4,
Kap. 2.03.5, kap. 5.01.3, kap. 5.02.2, kap. 5.03.2, kap. 5.05.1, kap.
5.07.2 (e). and), chap. 6.02.6, kap. 6.03.8, kap. the third sentence of 6.04.9 and
Fourth, kap. 6.09, kap. 7.02.1, kap. 7.03.2, kap. 7.03.3, kap. 7.05.3,
Kap. 7.05.4, kap. 7.05.6 sentence of third to fifth, kap. 7.05.9, second sentence
Kap. 7.08.9, 7.08.8, kap kap. 7.09.2, kap. 9.01.2 (e). (b)), chap.
9.01.3, kap. 10.05.2, kap. 11.10, kap. 11.11, kap. 15.01.1 (e). (d)),
15.08.4, 15.08.5, kap. 15.08.8, kap. 15.09.3, kap. 15.09.5 (e). (b)), and
(c)), chap. 15.09.5. (a). (f)), chap. 15.09.5 (e). I), chap. 15.09.10, kap.
15.12.2 (b). and), chap. 15.12.3 (b). (b)), and (c)), chap. 15.12.6, kap.
15.12.7, kap. 15.12.8 (b). b) to (d)), at the latest on issue or
renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2010;
(b) the requirements of section 3.4.) 15.01.2 (e). (c)) at the latest on issue or
renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2010, this provision
does not apply to ships with a steam engine with a boiler for solid fuel;
(c) the requirements of section 3.4.) 6.04.3, is not on board the wheelhouse is adapted to
management of the vessel by radar by one person, at the latest on issue
or renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2010;
(d) the requirements of section 3.4.) 15.08.2 for passenger vessels with LWL less than 40 m, or for
a maximum of 75 people, kap. 15.08.3 for passenger cruise, kap. 15.11.9
on cabin vessels without sprinkler fire-fighting systems
pressurized water, kap. 15.11.17 for passenger cruise, kap. 15.15.4 and
Kap. 15.15.5 for passenger vessels with a maximum permitted number of passengers
250 or with 50 beds at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate
the vessel after 1. 1.2010;
(e) the requirements of section 3.4.) 2.03.2 on safety equipment, the requirements of the chapter.
5.01.7 for vessels whose keel was laid before 1996, kap.
5.06.1, kap. 6.02.3 second sentence, kap. 7.01.3, kap. 7.03.5, kap. 7.05.1,
Kap. 7.05.7 first sentence, kap. 7.07, kap. 7.10.3, kap. 9.05.4, kap.
9.16.3 second sentence, kap. 10.04, kap. 11.02.4, kap. 11.12.2. to 11.12.6,
Kap. 11.12.8 to 11.12.10, kap. 15.02.10 (b). (c), chap. 15.07, kap.
15.08.6, kap. 15.10.2, kap. 15.10.3, kap. 15.10.4 (b). (f)), chap.
15.10.4 (b). I), first sentence to 15.10.6. Fourth, kap. 15.11.3, kap.
15.12.9 at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1.
1.2015;
(f) the requirements of section 3.4.) 15.10.4 for cruise ships with LWL 25 m or less no later than
on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2015;
(g) the requirements of section 3.4.) 5.03.3 and chapter. 5.03.5, at the latest on issue or
renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2020;
h) the requirements of Cap. 7.02.4, kap. 7.02.5 at the latest on issue or
renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2025;
the requirements of chapter I). 2.04.6 u engine, that before 1995 were not
regarded as the engine room under the CAP. 1.01, at the latest on issue or
renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2035;
j) requirements of the kap. burner feed point. and), chap. 5.01.1, kap. 5.02.3, 9.01.1
the second sentence, kap. 9.20, kap. 9.21, kap. 10.03 a, kap. 11.05.1, kap.
11.05.4, kap. 11.06.2, kap. 11.07.1 second sentence, kap. out, kap.
12.02.3, kap. 12, 02, 4, chap. 12.02.6, kap. 12.02.8, kap. 12.02.9, kap.
12.02.10, kap. 12.2.11, kap. 12.02.12 (e). a) and b), chap. 12.02.13,
Kap. 12.03, kap. 12.04, kap. 12.05, 12.06, kap kap. 12.07.1, second sentence
Kap. 16.01.3 the last sentence at the latest on issue or renewal
the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2035;
to the requirements of section 3.4.) 16.01.2 for vessels that have been approved for pushing
without a suitable locking device 1. 1. in 1995, the requirements of the chapter.
20.01, recreational craft built before 1. 1.1995 at the latest on
issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2035;
l) requirements chapter. 2.03.7 at the latest on issue or renewal
the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2041;
m) requirements chapter. 7.05.13, kap. 15.02.2, kap. 15.02.15, kap. 15.03.10,
Kap. 5.03.13, kap. 15.05.2 (e). and), chap. 15.05.2. (a). (b)), chap.
15.06.1. (a). and), chap. 15.06.3 (e). (c) the first sentence), chap. 15.06.3 (e).
f) first sentence, kap. 15.06.3 (e). (g)), chap. 15.06.4 (e). (d)), chap.
15.06.5, kap. 15.06.6 (e). b) to (d)), chap. 15.06.7, kap. 15.06.8, kap.
15.06.9, kap. 15.06.10 (b). and the first and second sentence), chap. 15.06.10 (b).
(b) the second sentence), chap. 15.06.13, kap. 15.06.14 first sentence, kap. 15.06.15,
Kap. 15.06.17 second sentence, kap. 15.06.18, kap. 15.06.19, kap. 15.11.1,
Kap. 15.11.2, kap. 15.11.4, kap. 15.11.5, kap. 15.11.6, kap. 15.11.7,
Kap. 15.11.8, kap. 15.11.10, kap. 15.11.11, kap. 15.11.12, second sentence
Kap. 15.11.13, kap. 15.11.14, kap. 15.11.15, kap. 15.11.17, kap.
15.11.17, kap. 15.15.1 at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate
the vessel after 1. 1.2045;
n) requirements chapter. 15.01.2 (e). (e)) at the latest on issue or
renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2045, this provision shall apply
only in the case that alarm systems are placed under the CAP. 15.15.8;
about) the requirements of Cap. 15.02.5 second sentence for passenger vessels, the keel of which was
laid before 1. 1.1996, at the latest on issue or renewal
the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2045;
p) requirements chapter. 15.03.1 to 15.03.6 when you increase the maximum permitted
the number of passengers, the requirements of the chapter. 15.06.3 (e). (c)) the second sentence for
dimension of 0.7 m, requirements chapter. 15.14.1 for cabin vessels with
not more than 50 beds and on cruise ships, the requirements of the chapter. 15.14.2 in
cabin boat with less than 50 beds and on cruise ships with
a maximum of 50 passengers at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate
the vessel after 1. 1.2045;
q) requirements chapter. 6.07.2 at the latest on issue or renewal
the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2049;
r) requirements chapter. 2.04.3 second sentence up to fourth, kap. 5.07.2 (e). (e)),
Kap. from, kap. 6.12.1, kap. 6.12.1, kap. 6.12.3, kap. 7.02.6, kap.
7.05.2, kap. 9.11.4, kap. 11.13, kap. 15.02.12, kap. 17.03.1, kap.
17.03.4, kap. 17.04.2, kap. 17.04.3, kap. 17.09, kap. 15.12.1 (b). (c))
at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel;
with the requirements of section 3.4.) 6.03.7 at the latest on issue or renewal
the certificate of the vessel, if the wheelhouse was not organized to manage the
the vessel's radar by one person;
t) requirements chapter. 10.02.2 (e). and at the first rope) that the vessel
exchanges no later than the 1. 1.2008, the second and third rope of at least 1. 1.
2013.
24.02.3 the provisions of the chapter. 24.02.2 does not apply to vessels that are
already in service, unless the parts concerned are replaced or converted.
If existing parts are replaced by replacement parts using the same
technology, or of the same type, does not constitute replacement within the meaning of
the transitional provisions.
vessels referred to in Chapter 24.02.4. 24.01.1 must comply with the requirements of the chapter.
10.03.1, kap. 10.03.2, kap. 10.03.4 in the Exchange, at least 1. 1.2010.
vessels referred to in Chapter 24.02.5. 24.01.1 must comply with the requirements of the chapter.
11.05.2, kap. 11.05.3 from the issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel.
24.02.6 for passenger vessels which were equipped with collective life-
resources by chapter. 15.09.5 1. 1.2006, these resources
be construed as an alternative to personal rescue resources. For personal
the ships that were equipped with collective life-saving appliances according to the
Kap. 15.09.6 1. 1.2006, such funds are considered
an alternative to a personal rescue resources up to the issuance or
renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2010.
24.02.7 CO2 fire-fighting systems installed before 1. October 1980 can be
use the issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1. January 2035,
If they meet the requirements of article. 7.03 paragraph. 5 of the regulation on inspection of shipping
cruises on the Rhine, in the version in force on 1 January. April 1976.
24.02.8 Fixed CO2 fire-fighting systems installed in the period between 1.
April 1992 and 31 December 2003. December 1994 may be used until the issue or renewal of the
the certificate of the vessel 1. January 2035, if it fulfils the requirements of article. 7.03
paragraph. 5 of the regulation on inspection of shipping on the Rhine, in the version applicable to the
31. December 1994.
24.02.9 the recommendations of the Central Commission for navigation on the Rhine, released in the period
between 1. April 1992 and 31 December 2003. in December 1994, with regard to the article. 7.03 paragraph. 5
the regulation on inspection of shipping on the Rhine, in the version in force on 31 December 2005. December
1994 are valid until the issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1.
January 2035.
24.02.10 Kap. 10 .03B. 2 (a). and) applies until the issue or renewal of the
the certificate of the vessel 1. January 2035 only if this device
mounted on vessels whose keel was laid after 1. October 1992.
24.03. Derogations for vessels whose keel was laid on 1 January. April
1976 or earlier
24.03.1 to the vessels referred to in section 3.4. 24.01.1, whose keel was laid on the date
1 April 1976 or earlier, in addition to the chapter. 24.02 also apply
the provisions of the chapter. 24.03.2.
vessels referred to in Chapter 24.03.2. 24.03.1 shall comply with:
and the requirements of section 3.4.) 6.01.2, kap. 7.10.2, kap. 9.01, kap. 9.03, kap. 9.06,
Kap. 9.10, kap. 9.11.2, kap. 9.12, kap. 9.14, kap. 9.15 am at the latest when
issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2015;
(b) the requirements of section 3.4.) burner feed point. and), chap. 2.04.2, kap. at the latest when
issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2035;
(c) the requirements of section 3.4.) 15.02.5, kap. 15.02.6 first sentence, kap. 15.02.7 up
15.02.11, kap. 15.02.13, kap. 15.02.16, kap. 15.04, kap. 15.10.4, kap.
15.10.6 to 15.10.8, kap. 15.10.11 the issuance or at the latest
renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2045.
24.03.3 the provisions of the chapter. 24.03.2 does not apply to vessels that are
already in service, unless the parts concerned are replaced or converted.
If existing parts are replaced by replacement parts using the same
technology, or of the same type, does not constitute replacement within the meaning of
the transitional provisions.
vessels referred to in Chapter 24.03.4. 24.03.1 must comply with the requirements of the chapter.
2.04.7, kap. 3.01.2, kap. 3.02, kap. 3.03, kap. 7.08.3, kap. 7.08.4,
Kap. 12.02.5 at the time of issuance or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after the
1.1. 2015.
24.03.5 the provisions of the chapter. 15.11.3 (b). and) applies to the cruise passenger
ships whose keel was laid on 1 January. April 1976 or earlier, to the
the first issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2045,
that only paints, varnishes, lacquers and other surface materials used for
areas facing to escape routes and other materials for the treatment of
the surfaces of the tiles must be flame resistant and may not produce smoke or toxic
fumes in the dangerous range.
24.03.6 the provisions of the chapter. 15.11.2 applies to the cruise passenger ships,
the keel was laid on 1 January. April 1976 or earlier, with the
It is sufficient if, instead of stairs in the form of steel supporting structures are
stairs used as escape routes designed so that in case of fire
they are usable after approximately the same time as steps in the form of steel
load-bearing structure.
24.04. other derogations
24.04.1 for vessels with a minimum freeboard established in accordance with
Article 4.04 of the regulation on inspection of shipping on the Rhine in force
at 31 December 2002. March 1983, may be at the request of the owner of the freeboard determined
in accordance with article 4.03 of the regulation on inspection of shipping on the Rhine, in the version
valid on 1 January 2002. January 1995.
24.04.2 vessels whose keel was laid in front of the 1. July 1983
may not comply with Chapter 9, however, you must meet at least the chapter 6
the regulation on inspection of shipping on the Rhine, in the version in force on 31 December 2005.
March 1983.
24.04.3 the provisions of the chapter. 15.06 paragraph 3(b). 3 (b). a) to (e)) and kap. 15.12 para.
3 (b). and the provisions on the length) on the hose shall apply only to
vessels whose keel was laid after 30. September 1984, and conversions
of space no later than when the first issue or renewal
the certificate of the vessel 1. January 2045.
24.04.4 application of the provisions of this chapter, after the expiry of the transitional
provisions may not be required, if it is from a practical point of view
difficult or if their application is associated with disproportionately high
the cost and terms of the favourable opinion of the European Commission. These
derogations shall be entered in the certificate of the vessel.
24.05. derogations for vessels not covered by the chapter. 24.01
24.06.1 the following provisions shall apply
a) for vessels used for navigation on the Rhine, which was proven to be
the ship's certificate shall be issued in accordance with the regulation on inspection of shipping on the
The Rhine for the first time in the period between 1. in January 1995, and 30. in December 2008, if the
at 31 December 2002. December 1994 was under construction or a walk
the reconstruction;
(b)) for vessels used for navigation on the Rhine, which demonstrably received
other transport authorisation during the period between 1. in January 1995, and 30. December
2008.
24.06.2 the use of transitional provisions for vessels referred to in section 3.4. 24.05.1
It is possible in the case that such vessels are proven to be in accordance with the
Regulation on inspection of shipping on the Rhine, which has been in force
the date on which they have been granted certificates of the ship or other authorization to
carriage.
24.06.3 the vessel shall be adjusted to comply with the provisions of that
shall enter into force after the first award of the ship's certificate or other
transport authorisation, in accordance with the transitional provisions in the following
listed in table.
24.06.4 the provisions of the chapter. 24.04.4 and 24.04.5 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
24.06.5 the vessel to which the certificate was issued before the vessel 1. 10.1999
must meet the requirements of chapter. 2.03.7 at the latest on issue or
renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2041
24.06.6 the vessel to which the certificate was issued before the vessel 1. 4.2003
must meet the requirements:
and) chap. 2.04.3 second sentence at the latest on issue or renewal
the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2041;
(b)), chap. 7.02.4, kap. 7.02.6 at the latest on issue or renewal
the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2025;
c) chap. 10.02.2 (e). and at the first rope) that exchanges on board
1 at the latest. 1.2008, for the second and third ropes into 1. 1.2012
24.06.7 the vessel to which the certificate was issued before the vessel 1. 10.2003
must meet the requirements:
and) chap. 2.04.3 third and fourth sentence, at the latest on issue or
renewal of the certificate of the vessel;
(b)), chap. 10.04 at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel
1. 1.2015;
c) chap. 10.05.2 at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate
the vessel after 1. 1.2010. Life vests, which were on Board at the date of
30.9. 2003 can be used to issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel
1. 1.2010.
24.06.8 the vessel to which the certificate was issued before the vessel 1. 4.2007
must meet the requirements:
and) chap. 5.02.1, kap. 5.03.1 at the latest on issue or renewal of
the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2020;
(b)), chap. 5.07.2 (e). and), chap. 6.04.9 third and fourth sentence, kap. 7.03.3,
Kap. 6.04.3 is not on board a vessel adapted to the management of the wheelhouse
radar navigation by one person at the latest on issue or renewal
the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2010;
c) chap. 7.02.5 at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate
the vessel after 1. 1.2025;
(d)), chap. 7.06, kap. 7.07 at the latest on issue or renewal
the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2045.
24.06.8 the vessel to which the certificate was issued before 30 vessels. 12.2008
must meet the requirements of chapter. 6.02.2 at the latest on issue or
renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2020.
24.06.9 the vessel to which the certificate was issued before the vessel 1. 4.2008
must meet the requirements of chapter. 7.05.7 first sentence, at the latest on issue
or renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2015.
24.06.10 vessels to which the certificate was issued before the vessel 1. 4.1999
must meet the requirements:
and) chap. 7.05.9 second sentence at the latest on issue or renewal
the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2010;
(b)), chap. 7.05.13 at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate
the vessel after 1. 1.2015.
24.06.11 the vessel to which the certificate was issued before the vessel 1. 4.2002
must meet the requirements of chapter. 10.03 and at the latest on issue or
renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2035.
24.06.12 the vessel to which the certificate was issued before the vessel 1. 10.2002
must meet the requirements of chapter. 10.03 and at the latest on issue or
renewal of the certificate of the vessel.
24.06.13 the vessel to which the certificate was issued before the vessel 1. 1.2006
must meet the requirements:
and) chap. 15.01.1 (e). (c)), chap. 15.01.2 (e). (b)), chap. 15.06.2, kap.
15.06.12, passenger cruise requirements chapter. 15.08.3 (e). (c)),
Kap. 15.08.7, kap. 15.08.9, kap. 15.09. first sentence, kap. 15.09.2, kap.
15.09.9, kap. on 15.09.11, kap. 15.12.1 (b). (c)), chap. 15.12.4, kap.
15.12.5 for cruise ships the requirements of Cap. 15.13 at the latest on issue
or renewal of the certificate of the vessel;
(b)), chap. 15.01.1 (e). (d)), chap. 15.01.2 (e). (c)), for passenger vessels with LWL
less than 40 m, or for a maximum of 75 people requirements chapter. 15.08.2, kap.
15.08.4, kap. 15.08.5, kap. 15.08.8, kap. 15.09.3, kap. 15.09.5 (e).
b), c), (f)), i), chap. 15.09.12, kap. 15.12.2 (b). and), chap. 15.12.6,
Kap. 15.12.7, kap. 15.12.8 (b). (b)), chap. 15.12.8 (b). (d)), for day-trip
passenger ships, the requirements of the chapter. 15.08.3 and chapter. 15.11.17, at the cabin
passenger ships without sprinkler fire-fighting system with high pressure water
the requirements of the chapter. 15.11.8, for passenger vessels with a maximum allowable number of
250 passengers or with 50 beds requirements chapter. 15.15.5 and chapter. 15.15.6
at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.
2010;
c) chap. 15.01.2 (e). (e)) at the latest on issue or renewal
the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2045. This provision shall apply only in
If the alarm systems are installed according to the chapter. 15.15.9;
(d)), chap. 15.02.2, kap. 15.02.15, kap. 15.03.7, kap. 15.03.8, kap.
15.03.15-kap. 15.03.13, kap. 15.05.2 (e). and), chap. 15.05.2 (e).
(b)), chap. 15.06.1, kap. 15.06.3 (e). (c)) in the first sentence, kap. 15.06.3 (e).
(c)) the second sentence for size 0.7 m, kap. 15.06.3 (e). f) first sentence, kap.
15.06.3 (e). (g)), chap. 15.06.4 (e). (d)), chap. 15.06.5, kap. 15.06.6.
(a). (b)), chap. 15.06.6. (a). (d)), chap. 15.06.8, kap. 150.6.9 (e). and)
(a) to (c)). (e)) of the last sentence, kap. 15.06.10 (b). and the first and second)
the sentence, kap. 150.6.10 (e). (b) the second sentence), chap. 15.06.14 first sentence, kap.
15.06.15, kap. 15.06.17 second sentence, kap. 15.11.1, kap. 15.11.2, kap.
15.06.18, kap. 15.11.4, kap. 15.11.5, kap. 15.11.5, kap. 15.11.6, kap.
15.11.7, kap. 15.11.8 (b). and), chap. 15.11.8 (b). (b)), chap. 15.11.8
(a). (c) the second sentence), chap. 15.11.8 (b). (d)), chap. 15.11.10, kap.
15.11.12 second sentence, kap. 15.11.13, kap. 15.11.14, kap. 15.11.15, kap.
15.11.16, kap. 15.15.1, for passenger vessels, the keel of which was laid before the
1.1. 1996 requirements chapter. 15.02.5 second sentence, at the cabin
ships with a maximum of 50 beds and passenger cruise requirements chapter.
15.14.1 for cabin vessels with a maximum of 50 beds and for day
passenger vessels with a maximum of 50 passengers the requirements of Cap. 15.14.2,
at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.
2045;
e) chap. 15.06.7, kap. 15.08.6, kap. 15.10.2, kap. 15.10.3, kap. 15.10.4
(a). (f)), chap. 15.10.4 (b). I), chap. 15.10.6 sentence first to fourth,
Kap. 15.11.3 for cruise ships with LWL 25 m or less requirements chapter.
15.10.4 at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel 1.
1.2015;
(f)), chap. 15.06.6 (e). (c)) at the latest on issue or renewal
the certificate of the vessel 1. 1.2007;
g) chapter. 15.12.9 at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate
the vessel after 1. 1.2015. This provision does not apply to passenger ships,
the keel was laid after 31 December 2006. 12.1995, whose body is made of wood,
aluminum or plastic and the engine room are made of a material
According to the chapter. 2.04.3 and kap. 2.04.4.
24.06.14 the provisions of the chapter. 24.06.5-kap. 24.06.13 does not apply to
craft which are already in service, unless the parts concerned are replaced or
converted. If existing parts are replaced by spare parts
the same technology and the same type, does not constitute replacement in
the meaning of the transitional provisions.
24.07. Transitional provision
24.07.1 the offending vessel after 31 December 2006. March 2007 had a valid certificate
According to the regulation on inspection of shipping on the Rhine, it will remain in the
the validity of the unique European already allocated identification number
the vessel, accompanied by the initial digit "0".
CHAPTER 24a
ADDITIONAL TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS FOR CRAFT NOT NAVIGATING
ON THE INLAND WATERWAYS IN ZONE R
24A. 01. Application of transitional provisions to craft which are already
in the operation, and validity of previous Community certificates
24A. 01.1 Chapter 24a shall apply
and vessels for) to which the certificate was issued for the first time before the vessel
30. in December 2008, and
(b)) on the vessel, which had acquired other transport authorisation before 30.
in December 2008, if not operated on inland waters
roads in zone R.
24A. 02. Derogations for craft which are already in service
24A. 02.1 without prejudice to chapter. 24A. 03 and 24a. 04, the vessel must be
that are not fully in accordance with the requirements of this order, modified
in accordance with the provisions, which will enter into force after their
the first issue of the certificate of the vessel or other transport licences
accordance with the transitional provisions set out in section 3.4. 24A. 02.2.
24A. 02.2 vessels referred to in section 3.4. 24A. 02.1 must meet the requirements:
and) chap. burner feed point. and), chap. 12.02.10, kap. 12.02.11, kap. 12.02.12
(a). and (b).) (b)), chap. 12.02.13, kap. 12.03, kap. 12.04, kap. 12.06,
Kap. 12.07.1 second sentence, kap. 16.01.2, kap. 16.01.3 the last sentence
at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 30. 12.
2049;
(b)), chap. 2.03.2, kap. 22A. 03 the safety devices in the residential
rooms at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after the
30.12. 2024;
c) chap. 2.03.2, kap. 9.11.2, kap. 9.12.2 the safety devices
at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 30. 12.
2029;
(d)), chap. 3.01. at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel
After 30. 12.2019;
e) chap. 7.04 kap. 12.05, at the latest on issue or renewal
the certificate of the vessel;
24A. 02.2 requirements referred to:
and in section 3.4.) 24A. 02.2 and a. in the chapter. burner feed, kap. 2.03.2, kap. 2.03.5, kap.
2.04.2, kap. 2.04.7, kap. 3.02, kap. 5.01.3, kap. 6.01.2, kap. 6.05.2,
Kap. 6.12, kap. 7.01.3, kap. 7.05.13, kap. 7.08.2, kap. 7.08.3, kap.
7.08.4, kap. 7.08.5, kap. 7.08.6, kap. 7.08.7, kap. 7.10.2, kap.
9.01.2, kap. 9.01.3, kap. 9.06, kap. 9.10, kap. 9.14.3, kap. 9.15, kap.
9.16.3, kap. 9.17.1
do not apply to craft which are already in operation, if not the
parts are replaced or converted. If existing parts are replaced by
replacement parts using the same technology and the same type,
does not constitute replacement within the meaning of the transitional provisions.
24A. 03. Derogations for vessels whose keel was laid in front of the 1. January
1985
24A. 03.1 if the safety of the vessel and its crew provided another
in an appropriate manner, may not be under the terms of chapter 24a. 03.2 required
compliance with the requirements of this annex, for vessels whose keel was laid before the
1. before 1 January 1985.
24A. 03.2 vessels referred to in section 3.4. 24A. 03.1 must meet the requirements:
and) chap. burner feed point. and) no later than on issue or renewal
the certificate of the vessel after 30. 12.2049;
(b)), chap. 2.03.2 on safety equipment in residential areas
at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 30. 12.
2024;
c) chap. 2.03.2, kap. 9.11.2, kap. 9.12.2 the safety devices
at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel after 30. 12.
2029;
(d)), chap. 3.01. at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel
After 30. 12.2019;
e) chap. 7.04, at the latest on issue or renewal of the certificate of the vessel.
24A. 03.3 requirements referred to:
and in section 3.4.) 24A. 03.2 and (b). in the chapter. burner feed, kap. 2.03.2, kap. 2.03.5, kap.
2.04.2, kap. 2.04.7, kap. 3.02, kap. 5.01.3, kap. 6.01.2, kap. 6.05.2,
Kap. 6.12, kap. 7.01.3, kap. 7.05.13, kap. 7.08.2, kap. 7.08.3, kap.
7.08.4, kap. 7.08.5, kap. 7.08.6, kap. 7.08.7, kap. 7.10.2, kap.
9.01.2, kap. 9.01.3, kap. 9.06, kap. 9.10, kap. 9.14.3, kap. 9.15, kap.
9.16.3, kap. 9.17.1, kap. 10.01.9, kap. which, kap. 10.05.1, kap.
10.05.2, kap. 11.11.2, kap. 12.02.13
do not apply to craft which are already in operation, if not the
parts are replaced or converted. If existing parts are replaced by
replacement parts using the same technology and the same type,
does not constitute replacement within the meaning of the transitional provisions.
24A. 04. other derogations
24A. 04.1 provisions of this chapter may not be after the expiry of the
transitional provisions applied, if it is from a practical point of view
difficult or if their application is associated with disproportionately high
the cost and terms of the favourable opinion of the European Commission. These
derogations shall be entered in the certificate of the vessel.
24A. 04.2 vessels operating exclusively on the territory of the Czech Republic
and on closed waterways), whose construction began before the 1. 1.
2009 or
(b)) for the carriage of cargo with load capacity up to 350 t and other vessels with the
displacement to 100 m3, whose construction began before the 1. 1.1950 are considered
for eligible, provided they satisfy at least the conditions of technical competence
valid to 31. 12.2008.
24A. 04.3 passenger ships, ferries, floating equipment, floating device
and other than a small pleasure craft has been issued for shipping
certificate before 31 December 2006. 12.2008, are considered eligible if they meet the
at least the conditions of technical competence valid to 31. 12.2008.
Parts or components of the vessel being replaced or renovated after
that date, however, must meet the requirements of this annex. Replacement part
for the purposes of this provision, it is not considered a replacement with the same or with
an equivalent technology.
24A. 04.4 area restriction for vessels sailing under the CAP. 24A. 04.02 and
derogations from the requirements of this annex shall be entered in the certificate
the vessel.
24A. 04.5 ferries with seating up to 12 passengers including the
considered eligible if they fulfil at least the conditions of the technical
competence set out in annex 3 to this order for small craft. For
other ferries, the provisions of this annex in the range
necessary to preserve the comparative safety depending on the design
vessel traffic patterns and navigational conditions in the place where it is to be
ferry-boat operated.
24A. 04.6 On ferries designed for shipping abroad with relief under
Kap. 24A. 04.5 do not apply.
24A. 05. Transitional provision
24A. 05.1 Kap. 24.07 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
CHAPTER 24b
TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE EMISSION OF GASEOUS POLLUTANTS
AND PARTICULATE POLLUTANTS FROM DIESEL ENGINES
24B. 01 to install fuel diesel engines and auxiliary engines
in the category of more than 560 kW installed on board vessels
before the date of entry into force of this Decree shall apply the Decree No.
223/1995 Coll., in the version in force until the date of entry into force of this Decree.
24B. 02 the provisions of Cap. every, kap. 8.01.2, kap. 8.01.4, kap. 8.01.5,
Kap. 8.02, kap. 8.03.3, kap. 8.03.4, kap. 8.03.4, kap. 8.04.2 is
It shall apply from 30. 6.2009.
24B. 03 Kap. 8.03.3 is used for auxiliary diesel engines
constant speed only if they have been installed on board:
31.) December 2010 in the case of engines of categories H, I, K;.
(b)) after 31 December 2006. 2011 in the case of engines of category J.
24B. 04 Kap. 8.03.4 is used for auxiliary diesel engines with variable
speed only if they were installed on the vessel:
31.) December 2009, in the case of engines of category J;
(b)) after 31 December 2006. December 2010, in the case of engines of category L;
c) 31. December 2011, in the case of engines of categories M, N;
d) after 31 December 2006. December 2012, in the case of engines of category P;
e) after 30. September 2013, if it is about the engines category Q;
(f)) of 30. September 2014, if this is about the category R engines.
Appendix I
Safety signs
The symbols actually used may be slightly different from the graphic representation of the
in this appendix or be more detailed, if not change their meaning and
differences and changes must not lead to their obscurity. ".
16. Annex 3 is renumbered as annex 2.
17. Appendix 3:
"Appendix No. 3
THE COMMUNITY INLAND NAVIGATION CERTIFICATE
18. Appendix 4:
"Appendix No. 4
PROVISIONAL COMMUNITY INLAND NAVIGATION CERTIFICATES
Article. (II)
This Decree shall take effect on the date of its publication.
Minister:
Ing. Slamečka, MBA in r.
